Chevrolet 1998 Tracker, Tracker 1998, 1998 Owner's manual

Chevrolet 1998 Tracker, Tracker 1998, 1998 Owner's manual
0The 1998 Chevrolet Tracker Owner’s Manual
1-1
Seats and Restraint Systems
This section tells you how
to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains thebag
airsystem.
2-1
Features and Controls
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
3-1
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
This section tellsyou how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how
to operate your audio system.
4-1
Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the roadhow
and to drive under different conditions.
5-1
Problems on the Road
This section tells whatto do if you have a problem while driving, such as
flata tire or overheated engine, etc.
6-1
Service and Appearance Care
Here the manual tells you howto keep your vehicle running properly and looking good.
7-1
Maintenance Schedule
This sectiontells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants
to use.
8-1
Customer Assistance Information
This section tellsyou how to contact Chevrolet for assistanceand how to get service and owner publications.
It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page
8- 10.
9-1
Index
Here’s an alphabetical listingof almost every subject in this manual.
You can use it to quickly find
something you want.to read.
i
We support voluntary
technician certification.
~
CHEVROLET
GENERAL MOTORS, GM,the GM Emblem,
CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem and the
name TRACKER are registered trademarks of General
Motors Corporation.
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
National Institutefor
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
This manual includesthe latest information at the time it
was printed.We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitutethe name
For Canadian OwnersWho Prefer a
“General Motorsof Canada Limited” for Chevrolet
French Language Manual:
Motor Division wheneverit appears in this manual.
Aux propridtaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous
Please keep this manual in your vehicle,
so it will be
there if you ever needit when you’reon the road. If you procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en franqais chez
votre concessionaireou au:
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual insoit the new
owner can use it.
Litho inU.S.A.
Part No. 10296057 B First Edition
ii
DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1577 Meyerside Dr.
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1B9
@Copyright General Motors Corporation 1997
All Rights Reserved
About Driving Your Vehicle
Safety Warnings and Symbols
As with other vehiclesof this type,failure to operate
this vehicle correctly may resultin loss of control or
an accident.Be sure to read the “on-pavement” and
“off-road” driving guidelinesin this manual. (See
“Driving Guidelines” and “Off-Road Driving with
Your Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle” in the Index.)
You will find a numberof safety cautions inthis book.
We use a box and the word CAUTIONto tell you
about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore
the warning.
How to Use this Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual
from beginning
to end when theyfirst receive their new vehicle.
If you
do this, it will help you learnabout the features and
controls for your vehicle.In this manual, you’ll find
that pictures and words work together to explain
things quickly.
Index
I
I
These mean there is something that could hurt
you or other people.
In the caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then
we tell you whatto do to help avoid or reduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions. If you don’t, you or
others could be hurt.
A good placeto look for what you needis the Index in
back of the manual. It’s an alphabeticallist of what’s in
the manual, andthe page number where you’ll findit.
iii
You will also find a circle
with a slash throughit in
this book. This safety
symbol means “Don’t,”
“Don’t do this”or “Don’t
let this happen.”
In the notice area, we tell you about something that can
damage your vehicle. Many times, this damage would
not be covered by your warranty, and
it could be costly.
But the notice will tell you what to todohelp avoid
the damage.
When you read other manuals, you rnight
see
CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or
in different words.
You’ll also see warning labels on
your vehicle. They use
the same words, CAUTIONor NOTICE.
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this bookyou will find these notices:
I NOTICE:
These mean there is something that could
damage your vehicle.
iv
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you mayfind on your vehicle.
For example,
these symbols
are used on an
original battery:
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
A
These symbols
are important
for you and
your passengers
whenever your
vehicle is
driven:
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
These symbols
have to do with
your lamps:
These symbols
are on some of
your controls:
These symbols
are used on
warning and
indicator lights:
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
TURN
SIGNALS
COOLANT
TEMP
e
CAUSTIC
BAlTERY
CHARGING
SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER
FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS
BRAKE
BURNS
Here are some
other symbols
you may see:
I-1
FUSE -%-
LIGHTER
(a)
HORN
P
u
)tr
c
z
e,
SPEAKER
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
REAR
SPARK OR
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BATTERY
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
1,11,
FOG LAMPS
$0
VENTILATING
FAN
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
FUEL
B
(@)
L
V
Model 'Reference
This manual covers these models:
4-Door Hardtop Utility
vi
2-Door Convertible Utility
0 Section 1
SeatsandRestraintSystems
Here you’ll find information about the seats
in your Chevrolet and how to use your safety belts properly.
You can also
learn about somethings you should not do with air bags and safety belts.
1-2
Seats
and
Seat
Controls
1-12SafetyBelts:They’re
for Everyone
1-17
Here Are Questions Many People Ask About
Safety Belts-- and the Answers
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
1-18
Driver Position
1-18
1-24
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
1-25
Right Front Passenger Position
1-25
1-32
1-35
1-38
1-48
1-5 1
1-5 1
1-52
Air Bag System
Rear Seat Passengers
Children
Child Restraints
Larger Children
Safety Belt Extender
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Replacing Restraint System Parts After
a Crash
1-1
Seats and Seat Controls
This part tells you about the seats-- how to adjust them,
and also about recliningfront seatbacks, head restraints,
easy entry seats and the folding rear seatback.
Manual Front Seat
A CAUTION:
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to
adjust a manual driver’sseat while the vehicle is
moving. The sudden movement could startle and
confuse you, or makeyou push a pedalwhen you
don’t want to. Adjust the driver’s seat
only when
the vehicle is not moving.
1-2
Lift the lever under the front seat to unlock
it. Slide the
seat to where you wantit. Release the lever and
try to
move the seat with your
body to make sure the seat
is
locked into place.
Reclining Front Seatbacks
To adjust the seatback,lift the lever onthe outer sideof
the seat. Releasethe lever to lock the seatback where
you want it. Pull up on the lever, and
the seat will go to
its original upright position.
a seatback reclinedif your vehicle is moving.
But don't have
Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle
is
in motion can be dangerous. Even
if you buckle
up, your safety belts can't do their
job when
you're reclined like this.
CAUTION: (Continued)
1-3
The shoulder belt can’t
do its job because it
won’t be against yourbody. Instead, itwill be
in front of you. In a crash you could gointo it,
receiving neckor other injuries.
The lap belt can’t do its
job either. In a crash the
belt couldgo up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would bethere, notat your pelvic bones.
This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in
motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit
well back in the seat and wear your safety
belt properly.
The head restraintcan be adjusted to three positions.
To raise the restraint, pull up on the restraint.
To lower
the restraint,push in the release whileyou push downon
the restraint.
Easy Entry Seats (2-Door)
Head Restraints
Head restraints are fixed on some models and adjustable
on others. Slide an adjustable head restraint
up or down
The front seatsof your vehicle makeit easy to get in and
so that the top of the restraint is closest to the of
top
out of the rear seat.
your ears. This position reduces the chance
of a neck
injury in a crash.
When you pull up on the recliner release lever, the
seatback will tilt forward and the whole seat can
slide forwardby hand.
1-4
0
After someone gers into the rear seat area, move the
seatback to its original position. Thenmove the seat
rearward untilit locks.
PLCL TJT’ON:
-
.If any easyentry seat isn’t locked, it can move.
In
a suddenstop or crash, the person sittingthere
could beinjured. And, evenif there is nocrash or
sudden stop,a driver sitting inan unlocked easy
entry seat could bestartled by the sudden
movement and hit the wrong controlor pedal,
causing an accident. Afteryou’ve used it, besure
to push rearward on any easyentry seat to be
sure it is locked.
I
I
0
I \
To get out, pull the release handle on the rear of the
passenger’s side front seat.
1-5
Folding the Rear Seatback (2-Door Models)
The rear seat in your vehicle
folds to provide more
cargo space.
To fold the rear seat, lower the rear seatback and then
flip the whole rear seat up against the frontseats.
2. Pull the knobs on both sidesof the seatback.If
you have the split rearseat, you can fold half of the
seat by pulling only the
knob on the side you wish
to fold.
1. Swing the safety belt buckles forward and down.
1-6
3. Fold the seatback down.
4. Unlock thebottom part of the seat:
0
On the one-piece rear seat, pull outthe
release ring.
On the split rear seat, lift the release leveron
either seat.
5. Lift the bottom of the seat up and pushit toward the
front of the vehicle.
1-7
6. Find the support baron the bottom of the seat. This
bar keeps the rear seat from unfolding.
7. Pull the inner endof the support off of the seat
bracket and swing it down.
1-8
8. Attach the support barto the floor bracket.
To unfold the seat:
Keep your hands, safety belts andother objects away
from where the seat will rest.
1. Pull the support bar outof the floor bracket and
swing it up and toward the bottomof the seat.
2. Push and secure the support barinto the bracket on
the bottom of the seat.
3. Slowly pull the seat down to thefloor; The seat
should latch into place. Pull up the
on bottom of the
seat to besure it is locked into position.
Folding the Rear Seatback ( 4 - h Models)
~
The rear seatin your vehicle folds forward to provide
more cargo space.
To fold the rear seat forward:
4. Pull the seatback up and push
it back to lock it into
place. Push and pullthe top of the seatback to be
sure the seatback is locked into position.
1. Pull up on the lockknob on the top of each seatback.
1-9
2. While pullingup on the lock knob, fold each rear
3. Unsnap the strap locatedon the back of the
seatback down. Both rear seatbacks must be folded
passenger’s side rear seatback.
down in order to move the seat forward.
1-10
4. Pull the releasering out to unlock the bottom of
the seat.
5. Lift the bottom of the seat up and pushit toward the
front of the vehicle.
1-11
3. While pulling the lock knob upon each rear
seatback, pulleach seatback up and push it into
place. Push and pull the topof the seatback tobe
sure it is locked into position.
1
I
6 . Hook the strap to thefloor loop to securethe folded
rear seat.
To raise the rear seat:
1. Unhook the strap from the floor loop and snap it on
the backof the passenger’s side rear seatback.
2. Slowly pull the seat down to the floor until it latches
into place. Pullup on the bottomof the seat tobe
sure it is locked into position.
1-12
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
This part of the manual tellsyou how to use safety belts
properly. It also tellsyou some thingsyou should not do
with safetv belts.
I
And it explains the air bag system.
or she can’t wear
Don’t let anyone ride where he
a safety beltproperly. If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearinga safety belt, your injuries
can be muchworse. You can hit things inside the
vehicle or be ejected fromit. You can be seriously
injured orkilled. In the same crash,
you might
not beif you are buckled up. Always fasten your
safety belt, and check that yourpassengers’ belts
are fastened properly too.
. I
..
. .
In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says
to
wear safety belts. Here’s why:
They work.
It is extremely dangerous to
ride in a cargoarea,
inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision,
people riding in these
areas are more likely to
be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow
people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is
not equipped with seats
and safety belts. Besure
everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and using a
safety belt properly.
You never know if you’ll be in a crash.If you do have
a crash, you don’t knowitifwill be a bad one.
A few crashesare mild, andsome crashes canbe so
serious that even buckledup a person wouldn’t survive.
But most crashesare in between. In manyof them,
people who buckleup can surviveand sometimes
walk away. Withoutbelts they could have been badly
hurt or killed.
After more than30 years of safety belts in vehicles,
the factsare clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
Your vehicle hasa light
that comeson as a reminder
to buckle up. (See “Safety
Belt Reminder Light” in
the Index.)
1-13
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as
it goes.
Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle.Suppose it's just a seat
on wheels.
1-14
.
Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider
doesn't stop.
..
The person keeps going until stoppedby something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield
...
1-15
or the instrument panel...
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does.
You get more time to stop.You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bonestake the forces. That’s why
safety belts makesuch good sense.
1-16
I
i
Here Are Questions ManyPeople Ask Q.’If I’m a good driver, andI never drive far from
home, why shouldI wear safety belts?
About Safety Belts-- and the Answers
A: You may be an excellent driver, butif you’re in
@ Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an
an accident -- even one that isn’t your fault
-- you
accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
A:
You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt,
of
even if you’re upside down. And your chance
so
being conscious during and after an accident,
you can unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if
you are belted.
@’
If my vehicle has air bags, why should
I have to
wear safety belts?
A:
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in
most of them in the future. But they are
supplemental systems only;so they work with
safety belts -- not insteadof them. Every air bag
system ever offeredfor sale has required the use
of
safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only
in frontal collisions,
but especiallyin side and other collisions.
and your passengers can behurt. Being a good
driver doesn’t protect you from things beyond
your control, such as bad
drivers.
25 miles (40 km)
Most accidents occur within
of home. And the greatest numberof serious
injuries and deaths occur at speeds
of less than
40 mph (65 km/h).
Safety belts arefor everyone.
1-17
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
This part is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things
to know about
safety belts and children. And there are different
rules for smaller children and babies. aIfchild will
be riding in your vehicle, see the part
of this
manual called “Children.” Follow those rules for
everyone’s protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
We’ll startwith the driver position.
Driver Position
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The shoulder beltmay lock if you pull the belt across
you
very quickly. Ifthis happens, let the belt
go back
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how to wear
slightly to unlockit. Then pull the belt across you
it properly.
more slowly.
1. Close and lock the door.
4. Push the latch plate intothe buckle until it clicks.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how,see “Seats” in the Index)
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
so you can sit up straight.
If the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end
of this section.
This part describesthe driver’s restraint system.
Make sure the release button
on the buckleis
positioned so you would be ableto unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the beltas you pull up on the shoulder belt.
The lappart of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips,just touching the thighs.In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you'd be less likely
to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen.
This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts
of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locksif there's a suddenstop or crash, or
if you pull the belt very quickly outof the retractor.
1-19
Q:
‘A
What’s wrong with this?
CAUTIOF
You can be seriously hurtif your shoulder beltis
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt shouldfit against your body.
I
A:
I
The shoulder beltis too loose.It won’t give nearly
as much protectionthis way.
1-20
‘e.’
What’s wrong with this?
~
A CAUTION:
You can beseriously injured if your beltis
buckled in the wrongplace like this, In
a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen.
The belt forceswould be there, notat the
pelvic bones. This could cause serious
internal
injuries. Always buckle your belt into the
buckle nearestyou.
A:
The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
Q: What's wrong with this?
I
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your
arm. In a crash, your
body would move too far forward, which would
increase the chanceof head and neck injury.
Also, the belt would apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren't as strong as shoulder
bones.
You could also severely injure internal organs
like your liveror spleen.
A:
The shoulder beltis worn under the arm. It should
be worn over the shoulder at
all times.
1-22
Q:
What's wrong with this?
F
You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In
a crash, you wouldn't have thefull width of the
belt to spread impact forces.
If a belt is twisted,
make it straightso it can work properly,or ask
your dealerto fix it.
I'
A:
The belt is twisted across the body.
1-23
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safety belts workfor everyone, including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely
to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
To unlatch the belt,just push the button on the buckle.
The belt shouldgo back out of the way.
Before you close the door, be
sure the beltis out of the
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damage both the
belt and your vehicle.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion shouldbe worn as low as possible, below
the rounding, throughoutthe pregnancy.
1-24
The best way to protectthe fetus is to protect the
mother. Whena safety beltis worn properly, it’s more
likely that thefetus won’t be hurtin a crash. For
pregnant women,as for anyone, the key to making
safety belts effectiveis wearing them properly.
Right Front Passenger Position
To learn howto wear the right front passenger’s safety belt
properly, see “Driver Position” earlierin this section.
The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same
way as the driver’s safety belt-- except for one thing. If
you everpull the shoulder portionof the belt out allthe
way, you willengage the child restraint locking feature.
If this happens,just let the beltgo back all theway and
start again.
Air Bag System
This part explainsthe air bag system.
-- one air bag for the
Your vehicle has two air bags
driver and another air bag
for the right front passenger.
The air bagin your vehicle maybe “Next Generation”
reduced-force frontalak bags. If your vehicle has a
label on the driver’s door window, then your vehicle has
reduced-force frontal air bags. If your vehicle doesn’t
have alabel, then the air bags in your vehicle aren’t
reduced-force.
Here are the most important things to know about air
the
bag system:
You can be severely injured or killed in a crashif
you aren’t wearing your safety belt even if you
have air bags. Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of bitting things
inside the vehicleor being ejected from it.
Air
bags even reduced-force air bags are
“supplemental restraints” to the safety belts.All air
bags even reduced-force air bags are designed
to work with safety belts, but don’t replace them.
Air bags are designed to work only in moderateto
severe crashes where the front
of your vehiclehits
something. They aren’t designedto Mate at all in
rollover, rear,side or low-speed frontal crashes.
And, for unrestrained occupants, reduced-forceair
bags may provide less protection in frontal crashes
than more forcefidair bags have provided in the
past. Everyone in your vehicle shouldwear a safety
belt properly whether or not there’s an air bag
for that person.
--
---
---
--
1-25
Air bags inflate with great force,
faster than the
blink of an eye. If you’re too close to
an inflating
air bag, it could seriouslyinjure you. This is true
even with reduced-force frontal air bags. Safety
belts help keepyou in position before and
during
a crash. Always wear your safety belt, even with
reduced-force air bags. The driver should sitas
far back as possible while still maintaining
control of the vehicle.
6& CAWTION:
Children who are up against,or very close to,an
air bag whenit inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. This istrue even if your vehicle has
reduced-force frontal air bags. Air bags plus
lap-shoulder belts offer the best protection
for
CAUTION: (Continued)
adults, but notfor young childrenand infants.
Neither thevehicle’s safety belt system
nor its air
bag system is designed
for them. Young children
and infants need the protectionthat a child
restraint system can provide.
Always secure
children properly in your vehicle.
To read how,
see thepart of this manual called (‘Children” and
see the caution labels on the sunvisors and the
right front passenger’s safety belt.
AIR
BAG
There is an air bag
readiness light on the
instrument panel, which
shows AIR BAG.
bag electrical systemfor
The system checks the air
malfunctions. The light tells you there
if is an electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the
Index
for more information.
How the Air Bag System Works
Where arethe air bags?
The driver’s air bag is in the middleof the
steering wheel.
The right front passenger’s air bag is in the instrument
panel on the passenger’s side.
1-27
F
If something is between an occupant and an air
bag, the bag might
not inflate properly orit
might force the object into that person. The path
of an inflating air bag must be kept clear. Don’t
put anything between an occupant and an air
bag, and don’t attach or put anything on the
steering wheel hub or on or near any other air
bag covering.
as a parked car, the threshold level will be higher. The
air bag is not designedto inflate in rollovers, side
impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not
help the occupant.
In any particular crash,no one can say whether an
air
bag should have inflated simply because
of the damage
to a vehicle or because
of what the repair costs were.
Inflation is determined by the angle
of the impact and
how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal
or
near-frontal impacts.
The air bag systemis designed to work properly under
a wide rangeof conditions, including off-road usage.
Observe safe driving speeds, especially on rough terrain.
As always, wear your safety belt.
See “Off-Road
When should an air bag inflate?
Driving” in the Indexfor more tips on off-road driving.
An air bagis designed to inflatein a moderate to severe
What makes an air bag inflate?
frontal or near-frontal crash. Theair bag will inflate
only if the impact speedis above the system’s designed
In an impactof sufficient severity, the air bag sensing
“threshold level.”If your vehicle goes straight into a
system detects that the vehicle
is in a crash.The sensing
wall that doesn’t move or deform, the threshold level issystem triggers a release
of gas from the inflator, which
about 8 to 12 mph (13 to 19 km/h). The threshold level
inflates the air bag.
The inflator, air bag and related
can vary, however, with specific vehicle design,
so that
hardware are all partof the air bag modules inside the
it can be somewhat above or below this range.
If your
steering wheel and in the instrument panel
in front of the
vehicle strikes something that will move or deform, such right front passenger.
1-28
parts of the bag that comeinto contact with youmay
be warm, but not too hot to touch. There will be some
In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions,
smoke anddust coming from vents in the deflated air
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or
bags.
Air bag inflation doesn’t prevent the driver
from
the instrument panel.Air bags supplement the protection
seeing or from being able to steer
the vehicle, nor doesit
provided by safety belts.Air bags distribute the forceof
stop people from leaving the vehicle.
the impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper body,
stopping the occupant more gradually. But air bags would
not help youin many types of collisions, including
CAUT IN:
rollovers, rear impacts andside impacts, primarily
rn
because an occupant’s motion
is not toward thoseair
bags. Air bags should never be regarded as anything
When an air bag inflates,there is dust in the air.
more than a supplement to safety belts, and then only in
This dust could cause breathing problems
for
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.
people witha history of asthma or other
breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in the
What will you seeafter an air bag inflates?
vehicle should get out
as soon as it is safeto do so.
After an air bag inflates,
it quickly deflates,so
If you havebreathing problems but can’t get out
quickly that some people may not even realize
the
of the vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get
air bag inflated.Some components of the air bag
fresh air by opening a window or door.
module -- the steering wheel hub for the driver’s
air bag,or the instrument panelfor the right front
passenger’s bag-- will be hotfor a short time. The
How doesan air bag restrain?
’A
1-29
In many crashes severe enough
to inflate an air bag,
windshields are broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the
right front passenger air bag.
NOTICE:
If you damage the covering for the driver’s or the
e Air bags are designed to inflate only once. After they right front passenger’s air bag, the bag may not
inflate, you’ll need some
new parts for your air bag
work properly. You may have to replace the air
system. If you don’tget them, the air bag system
bag module in the steering wheel or both the air
won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.
bag module and the instrument panel for the
A new system will include air bag modules and
right front passenger’s air bag.
Do not open or
possibly other parts.The service manualfor your
break the air bag coverings.
vehicle coversthe need to reglace other parts.
0
Your vehicle is equipped wityi a,t-fslsh sensing
and diagnostic module, which records information
about the air bag system. The module records
information about the readiness
of the system,
when the sensorsare activated and driver’s safety
belt usage at deployment.
If your vehicle ever gets into a lot of water
-- such as
water up tothe carpeting or higher-- or if water enters
your vehicle andsoaks the carpet, theair bag controller
can be soaked and ruined. If this ever happens, and then
you start your vehicle, the damage could make the air
bags inflate, evenif there’s no crash. You would have to
e Let only qualified technicians work on your air
replace the air bagsas well as the sensors and related
bag system. Improper service can mean that your
parts. If your vehicle is ever in a flood,
or if it’s exposed
air bag system won’t work properly. See your dealer to water that soaksthe carpet, you can avoid needless
for service.
repair costs by turning off the vehicle immediately.
Don’t let anyone start the vehicle, even to tow
it, unless
the battery cables arefirst disconnected.
1-30
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle
Air bags affect how your vehicle should be serviced.
There are parts of the airbag system in several places
around your vehicle. You don’t want the system to
inflate while someone is workingon your vehicle.Your
dealer and the TrackerService Manual have information
about servicing your vehicle and the air bag system.
To
purchase a service manual,see “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
Adding Equipment toYour Air
Bag-Equipped Chevrolet
@
If I add a push bumperor a bicycle rack to the
front of my vehicle, willit keep theair bags
from working properly?
A:
As long as the push bumperor bicycle rack is
attached to your vehicleso that the vehicle’s basic
structure isn’t changed, it’s not likely to keep the
a crash.
air bags from working properly in
@
Is there anything I might add to thefront of
the vehiclethat could keep theair bags from
working properly?
A:
Yes. If you add things that change your vehicle’s
fi-ame, bumper system,fiont end sheet metalor
height, they may keep theair bag system from
working properly. Also, the air bag system may not
work properly if you relocateany of the air bag
sensors. If you have any questions aboutthis, you
should contact Customer Assistance before you
modify your vehicle. (The phone numbers and
addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two
of
the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual.
S e e “Customer Satisfaction Procedure”in the Index.)
I
For up to 15 seconds after the ignitionkey is
turned off and the battery is disconnected, an air
bag can still inflate
during improper service. You
can beinjured if you are close to an airbag when
it inflates. Avoid wireswrapped withyellow tape
or yellow connectors. Theyare probably part of
the air bag system. Besure to follow proper
service procedures,and make sure the person
performing workfor you is qualifiedto do so.
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.
I
1-31
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very importantfor rear seat passengers to buckle
up!
Accident statisticsshow that unbelted peoplein the rear
seat are hurt more often in crashes than thoseare
who
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle whoare wearing safety belts.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across
The rear seats have lap-shoulder belts. Here’s how to
you very quickly.If this happens, let the belt
go back
wear one properly.
slightly to unlockit. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
2. Push the latch plateinto the buckle untilit clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate
to make sureit is secure.
1-32
When the shoulder beltis pulled out all the way, it
will lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and
start again. If the belt is not long enough, see “Safety
Belt Extender” atthe end of this section. Make sure
the release buttonon the buckle is positioned so you
would be ableto unbuckle the safety belt quicklyif
you ever had to.
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
The lappart of the belt should beworn low and snug on
the hips, just touching thethighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d
be less likely
to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid underit, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen.This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
end of the belt as you pull up onthe shoulder part.
1-33
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash,
or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
I A CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt
is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt shouldfit against your body.
To unlatch the belt,just push the buttonon the buckle.
1-34
Smaller Children andBabies
Children
Everyone ina vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult
size. Neither
the distance traveled nor theage and size of the traveler
changes the need,for everyone, touse safety restraints.
In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and in
every Canadian province sayschildren up to some age
must be restrained whilein a vehicle.
A CAUTION:
Children who are up against,or very close to, any
air bag whenit inflates can be seriouslyinjured
or killed. This istrue even if your vehicle has
reduced-force frontal air bags. Air bags plus
lap-shoulder belts offer the best protection
for
adults, but not for young childrenand infants.
Neither thevehicle’s safety belt system
nor its air
bag system is designed
for them. Young children
and infants need the protectionthat a child
restraint system can provide. Always secure
children properly in your vehicle.
1-35
.-
-
I
SwaIler childrenand babies should always be
restrained in a child or infant restraint. The
instructions for the
restraint will say whetherit is
the right type and size
for your child.A very
young child’ship bones are so small that a
regular belt might not stay
low on the hips,
as it
should. Instead, the belt will likely be over the
child’s abdomen.In a crash, the belt
would apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
cause seriousor fatal injuries. So, be sure that
any childmall enough for one is always properly
restrained in a child or infant restraint.
1-36
Infants need complete support, includingsupport for
the head and neck. This is necessary because an
infant’s neck is weak and its fiead weighs so much
compared with the rest
of its body. In a crash, an infant
in a rear-facing restraint settlesinto the restraint,so the
crash forces can be distributed across
the strongest part
of the infant’s body,the back and shoulders.A baby
should be secured in an appropriate infant restraint.
This is so important thatmany hospitals today won’t
release a newborn infant to its parents unless thereis
an infant restraint availablefor the baby’sfirst trip ina
motor vehicle.
at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 240-1b. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The babywould be almostimpossible
to hold.
Secure the baby in
an infant restraint.
I A CAUTION:
Never hold a baby in yourarms while riding in a
vehicle. A baby doesn't weigh much until a
crash. Duringa crash a baby will become so
heavy you can't hold it. For example, ina crash
CAUTION: (Continued)
--
1-37
Child Restraints
Every time infants and young children ride
in
vehicles, they should have protection provided
by
appropriate restraints.
@
What are the different typesof add-on
ghild restraints?
A:
Add-on child restraints are available infour basic
types. When selecting a child restraint, take into
consideration not only the child’s weight and size,
but also whether or not the restraint will be
compatible with the motor vehicle in which it
will be used.
An infant car bed (A) is a special bed made
for use
in a motor vehicle. It’s an infant restraint system
designed to restrain or position a child aon
continuous flat surface. With
an infant car bed,
make sure that the infant’s head rests toward the
center of the vehicle.
1-38
.
...
A rear-facing infant restraint(B) positions an infant
to face the rear of the vehicle. Rear-facing infant
restraints are designedfor infants of up to about
20 lbs. (9 kg) and aboutone year of age. This type
of restraint faces the rear so that the infant’s head,
neck and body can have the support they needa in
crash. Some infant seats comein two parts -- the
base stays secured inthe vehicle andthe seat part
is removable.
1-39
A forward-facing child restraint(C-E) positions a
child upright to face forward in the vehicle. These
forward-facing restraints are designed to help protect
children who are from20 to 40 lbs. (9 to 18 kg) and
about 26 to 40 inches (66 to 102 cm) in height, orup
to around four years of age. One
type, a convertible
restraint, is designed tobe used either as a rear-facing
infant seat or a forward-facing child seat.
1-40
A booster seat (F, G) is designed for children
who are about40 to 60 lbs. (18 to 27 kg) and
about four to eight years of age. It’s designed to
improve thefit of the vehicle’s safetybelt system.
Booster seats with shields use lap-only belts;
however, booster seats without shields use
lap-shoulder belts. Booster seatscan also help
a childto see out the window.
1-41
When choosinga child restraint,be sure the child
restraint is designed to be used in
a vehicle. If it is, it
will have a label saying thatit meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards.
Then follow the instructions
for the restraint.You may
find these instructions on
the restraint itself orin a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in
your vehicle, butthe child also has to be secured within
the restraint to help reduce the chance
of personal injury.
The instructions thatcome with the infant or child
restraint will show you how
to do that. Both the owner’s
manual and the child restraint instructions are important,
so if either one of these is not available, obtaina
replacement copy from the manufacturer.
Where to Put the Restraint
A child in arearfacing child restraint can be
passenger’s air
seriously injured if the right front
bag inflates,even if your vehicle has
reduced-force frontal air bags. This is because
the backof a rearfacing child restraint would be
very close to the inflating air bag. Always secure
a rearfacing child restraint in the rearseat.
You may, however, secure a forward-facing child
restraint in the right front
seat, but before you
do, always move the frontpassenger seatas far
child
back as itwill go. It is better to secure the
restraint in a rear seat.
Accident statistics show that children are safer
if they
are restrained in the rear rather than the front We
seat.
at
General Motors therefore recommend that you put your Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child
child restraint in the rear seat.
Never put a rear-facing
restraint properly.
child restraint in the
front passenger seat. Here’s why:
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in
the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
1-42
Top Strap
If your child restraint has a top strap,
it should be
anchored. Ifyou have a two-door model, don't use a
restraint like that in your vehicle because the top strap
anchor cannotbe installed properly. You shouldn't use
this typeof restraint without anchoringthe top strap.
If your vehicle is a four-door model andyou need to
have an anchor installed,you can ask your dealer to put
one in for you. If you want to install an anchor yourself,
your dealer can tellyou how to doit. Use the tether
hardware kit available from the dealer. The hardware
and installation instructions were specifically designed
for this vehicle.
1-43
Securing a Child Restraint ina Rear
Seat Position
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one. Be sure
to follow the instructions that came with the child
restraint. Securethe child in the child restraint when and
as the instructions say.
1. Put the restraint on the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through
or
around the restraint.The child restraint instructions
will showyou how.
If the shoulder belt goes
in front of the child’sface or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
1-44
3. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release buttonis
positioned so you would
be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
4. Pull the restof the shoulder belt all the way out
of
the retractor to set the lock.
5. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back
into
the retractor whileyou push down on the child
restraint. If you’re using a forward-facing child
restraint, you may find
it helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child restraint
as you tighten
the belt.
6. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions tobe sure it is secure.
1-45
To remove the child restraint,just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back allthe way. The safety belt
will move freely againand be ready towork for an adult
or larger child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat Position
Your vehicle has a rightfront passenger air bag.Never
put a rear-facing child restraintin this seat. Here’s why:
‘A
CA JTION:
A child in arearfacing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the right front passenger’s
air bag inflates, even ifyour vehicle has
reduced-force frontal air bags. This is because
the backof a rearfacing child restraint would be
very close to the inflating
air bag. Always secure
a rearfacing child restraint in therear seat.
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier
part about the top strap
if the child restraint has one.
Be
sure to follow the instructions that came with
the child
restraint. Secure the child the
in child restraint when and
as the instructions say.
1. Because your vehicle has a right front passenger
air
bag, always move the seat as
far back as it willgo
before securing a forward-facing child restraint. (See
“Seats” in the Index.)
2. Put the restraint on the sear.
1-46
3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt throughor
around the restraint.The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goesin front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out
of
the retractorto set the lock.
4. Buckle the belt. Make surethe release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle
the
safety belt quicklyif you ever hadto.
1-47
Larger Children
t
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
retractor while you push down on the child restraint.
You may find it helpful to use your knee to push down
Children whohave outgrown child restraints should
on the child restraintas you tighten the belt.
wear the vehicle’s safety belts.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint,just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let go
it back all theway. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work
for an adult
or larger child passenger.
Accident statistics show that children
are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to
use the
safety belts properly.
Children who aren’t buckledup can be thrown out
in a crash.
0
Children who aren’t buckledup can strike other
people who are.
/!1 CAUTION:
I
!!N
!e
do this.
Here two childrenare wearing the same belt. The
belt can’t properlyspread the impact forces.In a
crash, thetwo children can be crushed together
and seriously injured.A belt must be used by
only one personat a time.
@’
What if a child is wearinga lap-shoulder belt,
but the childis sosmall that the shoulder beltis
very close to the child’s face
or neck?
A:
Move the child toward the center
of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still
is on the child’s
body
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper
would have the restraint that belts provide.
I
1-49
e
I
A
A
CAUTION:
I
Never do this.
Here a child is sitting in
seat
a that has a
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder
part is behind
the child.If the child wears the belt in way,
this in
a crash the child might slide under the belt. The
belt’s force would then be applied
right on the
child’s abdomen, That could cause seriousor
fatal injuries,
Wherever the childsits, the lap portion of the belt
should be worn low and snugon the hips,just touching
the child’s thighs. This applies belt
force to the child’s
pelvic bones ina crash.
1-50
Safety Belt Extender
Checking Your RestraintSystems
Now and then,make sure the safety belt reminder light
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and
anchorages are working properly.Look for any other
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your
loose or damaged safety belt system parts.
If you see
dealer willorder you an extender. It’s free. When you
go
anythmg that mightkeep a safety beltsystem from
in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the
doing its job, have it repaired.
extender willbe long enoughfor you. The extender will
you in a
be just foryou, andjust for the seat in your vehicle that Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect
crash.
They
can
rip
apart
under
impact
forces.
If a belt
you choose. Don’tlet someone else use it, and useit
is torn or frayed, get a new
one right away.
only for the seat it is made to fit.To wear it, just attach it
to the regular safety belt.
N ~ S Olook for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repairedor replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you
should use it.
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing
may be necessary.
But if the belts were stretched,
as they would beif worn
during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.
If you ever see alabel on the driver’s or the right front
passenger’s safety belt that says to replace the belt, be
sure to do so. Then the new belt will be there to help
protect you in a collision. You would see this labelon
the belt near the door opening.
If belts are cutor damaged, replace them. Collision
damage alsomay mean you will need to have safety belt
or seat parts repaired or replaced.
New parts and repairs
may be necessary even the
if belt wasn’t being used at
the timeof the collision.
If an air bag inflates, you’ll need to replace air bag
system parts. See the part on the air bag system earlier
in this section.
1-52
e Section 2
FeaturesandControls
Here you can learn aboutthe many standardand optional features on your vehicle, and information
on starting,
shifting and braking. Also explained are the instrument panelthe
and
warning systems that tell you if everything is
working properly-- and what todo if you have a problem.
2-2
2-4
2-6
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-1 1
2- 15
2-18
2-2 1
2-23
2-25
2-26
Keys
Door Locks
Tailgate
Theft
New Vehicle “Break-In”
Ignition Positions
Starting Your Engine
Automatic Transmission Operation
Manual Transmission Operation
Four-wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Parking Brake
Shifting Into PARK (P) (Automatic
Transmission Only)
Shifting Outof PARK (P) (Automatic
Transmission)
Parking Over Things That Burn
2-27
2-27
2-29
2-29
2-30
2-37
2-37
2-38
2-39
2-40
2-40
2-4 1
2-54
2-56
2-58
Engine Exhaust
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked
(Automatic Transmission)
Windows
Horn
Turn SignaYMultifunction Lever
Exterior Lamps
Interior Lamps
Mirrors
Storage Compartments
Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter
Sun Visors
Convertible Top (If Equipped)
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Cluster
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
Keys
' /1\
CAUTION:
I
Leaving young children in a vehicle with the
ignition key is dangerous for many reasons.
A child or others could be badly injured or
even killed.
They could operate power windows or other
controls or even make the vehicle move. Don't
leave the keys in a vehicle with young children.
2-2
One keyis used for the
ignition, the doors and
all other locks.
The metal plate has a code on it that tells your dealer or
a qualified locksmith how
to make extra keys. Keep the
code in a safe place. If you lose your keys, you’ll be able
1:o have new ones made easily using this code.
NOTICE:
When a new vehicleis delivered, the dealer removes
the metal plate from the key ring and givesit to the
first owner.
Your vehicle has a number of features that can
help prevent theft. However, you can have aoflot
trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock
your key inside.You may even have to damage
So be sure you have an
your vehicle to get in.
extra key.
1
To lock the door from
the inside, push down
the button on the door.
To unlock it, pull up on
Door Locks
the button.
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers especially children can easily
open the doors and fall
out. When a door is
locked, the inside handlewon’t open it.
Outsiders caneasily enter through an
unlocked
door when you slowdown or stop yourvehicle.
This may not beso obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown outof the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren’tlocked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors, and you will be far
better off whenever you drive yourvehicle.
--
--
There are severalways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
From the outside, use your key.
To lock the door, turn
the key toward thefront of the vehicle. To unlock the
door, turn the key toward
the rear.
2-4
Power Door Locks (If Equipped)
Push the frontof the power
door lock switch to lock all
the doors and the tailgate.
To unlock the doors and
tailgate, push the rear
of the
power door lock switch.
Rear Door SecurityLocks (4-DOOr Models)
Your vehicle is equipped
with rear door security
locks that help prevent
passengers from opening
the rear doorsof your
vehicle from theinside.
If you want to open a rear door when the security
lock is
on, unlock the doorfrom the inside, then openthe door
from the outside.
If you don’t cancel the security lock feature, adultsor
older children who ride in the
rear won’t be able to open
the rear doorfrom the inside.You should let adults and
older children know how
these security locks work, and
how to cancel thelocks.
To cancel the rear door lock:
1. Unlock the door from the inside and open the door
from the outside.
To use one of these locks:
1. Move the lever down to engage the lock.
2. Move the lever up to disengagethe lock.
3. Do the same for the other rear door.
2. Close the door.
The rear doorlocks will now work normally.
3. Do the same to the other rear door lock.
The rear doors of your vehicle cannot be opened from
the inside when this feature is in use.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, take your key, open your
door and set the locks from inside. Then out
getand
close the door.
2-5
Tailgate
Tailgate Lock Release
Use your key to lock or unlock your tailgate.
If you have a convertible, you can still open
or close
the tailgate with the rear window
closed.
It canbe dangerous to drive with the tailgate
window open becausecarbon monoxide (CO) gas
can come into yourvehicle. You can’t see or smell
CO. It can cause unconsciousnessand even death.
If you must drivewith the tailgatewindow open
or if electrical wiringor othercable connections
must pass throughthe seal between the body and
the tailgatewindow:
0 Make sure allwindows are shut.
0 ’hrn the fan on your heating or
cooling
system to its highest speed
with the setting
on CIRCULATE. That will force outside
air into yourvehicle. See “Comfort
Controls” in theIndex.
0 If you have air outlets onor under the
instrument panel, open them all the
way.
See “Engine Exhaust” in the
Index.
2-6
Theft
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.
Although your vehicle hasa number of theft-deterrent
features, we know that nothing we put iton
can make
it impossible to steal. However, there are ways
you
can help.
Key in the Ignition
If you leave your vehicle withthe keys inside, it’s an
easy targetfor joy riders or professional thieves-- so
don’t do it.
When you park your Chevrolet and open
the driver’s
door, you’ll hear a tone reminding you
to remove your
key from the ignition and takeit with you. Always do
this. Your steering wheel willbe locked, and so will
your ignition.If you have an automatic transmission,
taking your keyout also locks your transmission. And
remember to lock the doors.
Parking at Night
Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
vehicle. Rememberto keep your valuables out
of sight.
Put them in storage
a
area, or take them with
you.
New Vehicle ccBreak-InSS
NOTICE:
Your vehicle doesn’t need an elaborate
“break-in.)’ But it will perform better in the
long run if you follow these guidelines:
0 Keep your speed
at 55 mph (88 k m h ) or
less for thefirst 500 miles (805 km).
0 Don’t drive at any one speed fast or
slow for thefirst 500 miles (805 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
0 Avoid making hard stops for the
first
200 miles (322km) orso. During this time
your new brake linings aren’tyet broken
in. Hard stopswith new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement.
Follow this breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake linings.
0 Don’t tow a trailer duringbreak-in.
See “Towing a Trailer” in the Index for
more information.
--
--
2-7
Ignition Positions
m
rr
4
I With
the
key
in the ignition
switch, you can turnthe
switch to four positions.
I
LOCK (A): This isthe only position in which you can
remove the key. This locks your steering wheel, ignition
and automatic transmission.
If you havean automatic transmission, the ignition
switch can’tbe turned to LOCK unless the shift lever
is
in PARK (P).
2-8
ACC (B): This is the positionin which youcan operate
your electrical power accessories.It unlocks the steering
wheel and ignition. Use this position
if your vehicle
must be pushed or towed.
ON (C): This is the position thatthe switch returnsto
after you start your engine and release the switch.
The
switch stays in the
ON position whenthe engine is
running. But even when
the engine is not running, you
can useON to operate your electrical power accessories
and to display some instrument panel warning and
indicator lights.
START (D): This is the position that starts the engine.
When the engine starts, release the key.
The ignition
switch will returnto ON for normal driving.
When the engineis not running,ACC and ON allow you
to operate your electrical accessories, such the
as radio.
A warning tone will sound if you open the driver’s door
when the ignition is in
ACC or LOCK and the key is in
the ignition.
A
On manual transmission vehicles,turning the key
to LOCK will lockthe steering column
and result
in a loss of ability tosteer the vehicle. This could
cause a collision.If you needto turn the engine
off while the vehicle is moving,turn the key only
to ACC. Don’t push the keyin while the vehicle
is moving.
NOTICE:
If your key seemsstuck in LOCK and you can’t
turn it, be sure you are using thecorrect key; if
so, is it all theway in? If it is, then turn the
steering wheel leftand right while you turn the
key hard. But turn the key only with your hand.
Using a toolto force it could break the key or the
ignition switch.If none of this works, then your
vehicle needs service.
Starting Your Engine
Automatic Transmission
Move your shift lever toPARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
Your engine won’t start in any other position-- that’s a
safety feature.To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
I NOTICE:
Don’t try to shift toPARK (P) if your Chevrolet
is moving. If you do, you could damage
the
transmission. Shift toPARK (P) only when your
vehicle is stopped.
Manual Transmission
The gear selector should bein NEUTRAL (N) and
the parking brake engaged. Hold the clutch pedal to
the floor and start the engine.Your vehicle won’t start
if the clutch pedalis not all the way down -- that’s a
safety feature.
2-9
Starting Your 1.6 Liter Engine
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turnyour
ignition key toSTART. When the engine starts, let
go of the key.
NOTICE:
Holding yourkey in START for longerthan
15 seconds at a timewill cause yourbattery tobe
drained muchsooner. And the excessive heat can
damage your starter
motor.
2. If it doesn’t start right away, hold your keyin
START for about three seconds at a time until your
engine starts.Wait about 15 seconds between each
try to help avoid draining your battery.
If your engine still won’t start, call your dealer
for help.
2-10
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in yourvehicle. If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you could change theway
the engine operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, checkwith your dealer. If you don’t,
your engine might not performproperly.
If you ever have to have your
vehicle towed, see
the part of this manual thattells how to doit
without damaging yourvehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in theIndex.
Automatic Transmission Operation
There are several different positionsfor your shift lever.
It is dangerous toget out of your vehicle if the
shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave yourvehicle when the engineis
running unless you have to. If you have leftthe
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
You or otherscould be injured.To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shiftlever to PARK (P).
If you have four-wheel drive, your vehicle
will be free toroll even if your shiftlever
is in PARK (P) if your transfercase is in
NEUTRAL (N).So, be sure the transfercase is
in a drive gear, two-wheel high (2H) or four-wheel
high (4H) or four-wheel low (4L) not in
NEUTRAL (N). See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in
the Index. If you’re pulling a trailer,see “Towinga
lkailer” in theIndex.
--
PARK (P): This locks your rear wheels. It’s the best
position to use when
you start your engine because your
vehicle can’t move easily.
-0
--
2-11
Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P) before starting
the engine. Your vehicle has a brake-transmission shift
interlock. You have to fully apply your regular
brakes
before you can shiftfrom PARK (P) when the ignition
key is inON. If you cannotshift out of PARK (P), ease
pressure on the shiftlever -- push the shift lever all
the
way into PARK (P) and release the shift lever button
as
you maintain brake application. Then press the shift lever
button and move the shift lever into the gear you wish.
See “Shifting Out of
PARK (P)” in the Index.
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back
up.
NOTICE:
Shifting to REVERSE (R)while your vehicle
is moving forward could damage your
transmission. Shift to REVERSE (R)
only
after yourvehicle is stopped.
To rock your vehicle back and
forth to get outof snow,
ice or sand without damaging your transmission,
see
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud,Ice or Snow” in the Index.
2-12
NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine doesn’t
connect withthe wheels. To restart when you’re
already moving, use NEUTRAL (N) only. Also, use
NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicleis being towed.
Shifting outof PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N)
while your engineis “racing” (runningat high
speed) is dangerous. Unless your footis firmly on
the brakepedal, your vehicle could move very
rapidly. You could lose control and hit people
or
objects. Don’t shift outof PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) while your engineis racing.
I NOTICE:
1
Damage to your transmission caused
by shifting
out of PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N)with the
engine racingisn’t covered by your warranty.
DRIVE (D):This position is for normal driving.
If you need more powerfor passing, and you’re:
Going less than about 15 mph (25 km/h), push
your accelerator pedalabout halfway down.
Going about 15 mph (25 km/h) or more, push your
accelerator pedal all the way down.
You’ll shift downto the next gear and have
more power.
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power
but
lower fuel economy.You can use SECOND (2) on hills.
It can help control your speedas you go down steep
mountain roads, but thenyou would also want to use
your brakesoff and on.
LOW (L): This position gives you even more power
(but lowerfuel economy) than SECOND (2). You
can use it on very steep hills, or indeep snow or mud.
If the selector leveris put inLOW (L), the transmission
won’t shift into low gear until the vehicle is going
slowly enough.
I NOTICE:
Don’t shift into LOW (L) at speeds above
40 mph(65 kmh) with the transfer case in
FOUR-WHEEL LOW (4L),or you can damage
your transmission.
NOTICE:
Don’t shift intoSECOND (2) unless you are going
slower than65 mph (105 k m h ) with the transfer
case inFOUR HIGH (4H), or35 mph (55 km/h)
with the transfer case in
FOUR LOW (4L) oryou
can damage your transmission.
2-13
NOTICE:
If your rear wheels can’trotate, don’ttry to
drive. This might happen
if you were stuck in
very deep sandor mud or were up against a solid
object. You could damage your transmission.
Also, if you stop when going uphill, don’t hold
your vehiclethere with only the accelerator
pedal. This could overheat
and damage the
transmission. Use your brakes tohold your
vehicle in position on a hill.
Power Mode Selector Switch
A power mode selector
switch is included with
the four-speed automatic
transmission.
When you need more powerfor climbing hillsor
quicker acceleration, pressthe P (POWER) switch. The
POWER indicator light onthe instrument panel comes
on. For normal driving, press theN (NORMAL) switch.
The POWER indicator light goesoff.
2-14
Overdrive Off Switch (If Equipped)
Manual Transmission Operation
The Overdrive Off switchis located on theleft side of
the shifter. By operating the Overdrive Off switch, the
four-speed automatic transmission (three-speed plus
overdrive} can be converted to a three-speed automatic
transmission. While inthe three-speed mode, the
transmission willnot shift into the Overdrive position.
5-Speed
L
1
To convert the transmission to the three-speed mode,
push in the Overdrive off switch and releaseit. The
switch comesout and the OD/OFF indicator light onthe
instrument panel comes on.
To return the transmission to the four-speed mode,
push in the Overdrive off switch again. The switch will
remain in and theOD/OFF indicator light goesoff.
Please note that if the transfer
case shift lever is in the
4L position, the four-speed automatic transmissionwill
remain in the three-speed mode.
L
This is your shift pattern. Here's how to operate
your transmission:
FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shift into
FIRST (1). Then, slowly let up onthe clutch pedal as
you press the accelerator pedal.
2-15
You can shift into FIRST (1) when you’re going less
than 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’ve come toa complete
stop and it’s hard to shift intoFIRST (l),put the shift
lever in NEUTRAL (N) and let up on the clutch. Press
the clutch pedal back down. Then shift
into FIRST (1).
NEUTRAL (N): Use this position when youstart or
idle your engine.
REVERSE (R):To back up, press down the clutch
pedal and shift into REVERSE(R). Let up on the clutch
pedal slowly while pressingthe accelerator pedal.
SECOND (2): Press the clutch pedalas you let upon
You cannot go from FIFTH (5) into REVERSE (R).
the accelerator pedal and shift into
SECOND (2).
If you try, you will be locked out.
You must first shift
Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the
into NEUTRAL (N), move the leverto the left, back to
accelerator pedal.
the right, and then shift into REVERSE
(R). This is a
THIRD (3), FOURTH (4), FIFTH (5): Shift into
safety feature.
THIRD (3), FOURTH (4)and FIFTH ( 5 ) the same
way you dofor SECOND (2). Slowly let up on the
clutch pedal as you press
the accelerator pedal.
NOTICE:
To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and press the
Shift to REVERSE(R)only after your vehicle
brake pedal. Just before
the vehicle stops, press the
is stopped. Shifting to REVERSE(R) while
clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and shift to
your vehicle is moving could damage your
NEUTRAL (N).
transmission.
Also, use REVERSE (R) along with the parking brake
for parking your vehicle.
2-16
If your speed drops below 20 mph (32 M),
or if the
engine is not running smoothly,you should downshift to
the next lower gear.You may have to downshift two
or
more gears to keepthe engine running smoothly or for
good performance.
Shift Speeds
If you skip more thanone gear whenyou
downshift, you could lose control of your vehicle.
And you could injure yourself or others. Don’t
shift fromFIFTH (5) to SECOND (2) or
NOTICE:
FOURTH (4) to FIRST (1).
This chart shows when to shiftto the next higher gear
for best fuel economy.
Shifl: Speed
Acceleration Shift SpeedCruise
lto212to313to414t05 2to3
II
I
I
mph
I
I
15
I
I
25
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II 3to4 II
4to5
I 40 1 45
I
I
I
I
I
I26 to3035I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 24 I 40 1 64 I
I
km/h
I
If you skip more thanone gearwhen you
downshift, or if you race theengine when
you downshift, you can damage the clutch
or transmission.
39
to45
I
I
I
I
72 (32to 42148 to56163 to 721
120 to
2-17
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Freewheeling Hubs
If your vehicle has four-wheel drive, you can send your
engine’s drivingpower to all four wheels for extra
traction. To shift outof two-wheel drive and into
four-wheel drive, lock the freewheeling hubs (manual
hubs only)and move the transfer case shift lever to
FOUR-WHEEL HIGH (4H) or FOUR-WHEEL
LOW (4L) (seethe following). You should use
TWO-WHEEL HIGH (2H) for most normal driving.
NOTICE:
Driving in FOUR-WHEEL HIGH
(4H) or
FOUR-WHEEL LOW (4L) positions for a long
time on dryor wet pavement could shorten the
life of your vehicle’s drivetrain.
2-18
Your vehicle may have either manualor automatic
freewheeling hubs.You must lock the hubs before you
use FOUR-WHEEL HIGH (4H)or FOUR-WHEEL
LOW (4L).
Manual
Automatic
To lock or unlock the hubs, you must
park your vehicle
(see “Shifting into PARK (P)” or “ParkingYour
Vehicle” in the Index) andget out. To lock the hubs,
turn the hubdials to LOCK.
With automatic freewheeling hubs,you don’t have to get
out of the vehicle to lock or unlock the hubs.
To unlock the hubs, turn the hub
dials to FREE.
Locking the Hubs
1. Stop your vehicle.
2. Shift the transfer case to FOUR-WHEEL HIGH
(4H) or FOUR-WHEEL LOW (4L).
3. Drive slowly forward and the hubs will lock.
2-19
Unlocking the Hubs
1. Stop your vehicle.
2. Drive 7 feet (2 m) in the direction opposite tothe
direction you were driving before you stopped.
3. Then, press the clutch if you have a manual
transmission, and shift the transfer case to
TWO-WHEEL HIGH (2H). The hubs will unlock.
Transfer Case
\
\
E
2-20
The transfer case shift leveris on the floorto the right
of the driver.Use this leverto shift into and out of
four-wheel drive. An indicator light comeson when
the transfer case isin FOUR-WHEEL HIGH (4H) or
FOUR-WHEEL LOW(4L).
TWO-WHEEL HIGH (2H):
This setting is for driving
in most street and highway situations.
Your front axle is
not engaged in two-wheel drive.
FOUR-WHEEL HIGH (4H): This setting engages
your front axle to help drive your vehicle. Use
FOUR-WHEEL HIGH (4H) when you need extra
traction, such as on wet or icy roads,
or in most off-road
situations.
NEUTRAL (N):Shift to this settingonly when your
vehicle needs to be towed.
FOUR-WHEEL LOW (4L):This setting also engages
your front axle to give you extra tractioncan
andbe
used for driving downhill, uphill or on rocky terrain
when you’re driving slower than 35 mph (55
km/h).
Remember that driving inFOUR-WHEEL HIGH (4H)
or FOUR-WHEEL LOW (4L) may reduce fuel
economy. Also, driving in four-wheel drive
on dry
pavement could cause your tires to wear faster and make
your transfer case harder
to shift.
You can shift from TWO-WHEEL HIGH (2H) to
FOUR-WHEEL HIGH (4H) or from FOUR-WHEEL
HIGH (4H) to TWO-WHEEL HIGH (2H) at any speed
if your hubs are locked and your wheels are
straight
ahead. Yourfront axle will engagefaster if you take
your foot off the accelerator pedalfor a few seconds
as you shift.
Parking Brake
Shifting Intoor Out of FOUR-WHEEL LOW(4L)
1. Stop your vehicle and shiftyour transmission to
NEUTRAL (N).
2. Shift the transfer case in one continuous motion.
Don’t pause inNEUTRAL (N) as you shift into
FOUR-WHEEL HIGH (4H), or your gears could clash.
To set the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down and
pull up on the parking brake lever. If the ignition
is on,
the brake system warning light will come on.
2-21
NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brake on can cause
your rear brakesto overheat.You may have to
replace them, and you could also damage other
parts of your vehicle.
If you are towinga trailer, see “Towing a Trailer” in
the Index.
To release the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down.
Pull the parking brakelever up until you can pushin the
release button. Holdthe release button in as
you move
the lever all the way down.
2-22
Shifting Into PARK (P)
(Automatic Translnission Only)
It can be dz Jerous to get out of you] ehicle if
the shift leveris not fully in PARK (P)with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
If you have left the engine running, the
vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure yourvehicle won’t move, even
when you’re on fairlylevel ground, use the steps
that follow. If you have four-wheeldrive and
your transfercase is in NEUTRAL (N),your
vehicle will be free to roll,
even if your shift
lever is in PARK (P). So, be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear not inNEUTRAL (N).
If you’re pulling a trailer, see &‘Towinga Trailer”
in theIndex.
-0
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parkingbrake.
2. Move the shift lever intoPARK (P) by holding in the
button on the lever and pushing the lever the
all way
toward the frontof your vehicle.
3. If you have four-wheel drive,be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear -- not in NEUTRAL(N).
4. Move the key to LOCK.
5. Remove the key and takeit with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the key in your hand, your
vehicle is in PARK (P).
2-23
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine
Running (Automatic Transmission Only)
I
It can be dangerous to leave
yuur vehicle with
the engine running.Your vehicle could move
fully in PARK (P)
suddenly if the shift lever is not
with theparking brake firmlyset. If you have
four-wheel driveand your transfercase is in
NEUTRAL (N), your vehicle will be freeto roll,
even if your shift leveris in PARK (P). So be sure
the transfercase is in a drive gear not in
NEUTRAL (N).And, if you leave the vehicle with
the engine running,it could overheat andeven
catch fire. You or otherscould be injured. Don’t
leave your vehicle with the engine running unless
you have to.
--
2-24
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your
transmission intoPARK (P) properly, the weight of the
vehicle mayput too much force on the parking pawl
in
the transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the
shift lever outof PARK (P). This is called “torque lock.”
To prevent torque lock,set the parking brake and then
shift intoPARK (P) properly before you leave the
driver’s seat.To find out how, see “Shifting Into
PARK (P)” in the Index.
When you are ready todrive, move the shift lever out
of PARK (P) before you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another
vehicle push yours little
a
uphill to take someof the
pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission,
so
you can pullthe shift lever outof PARK (P).
Shifting Out of PARK (P)
(Automatic Transmission)
Your vehicle hasa brake-transmission shift interlock.
You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you
can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition isin the ON
position. See “Automatic Transmission”in the Index.
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on
the shiftlever -- push the shift lever all the way into
PARK (P) and releasethe shift lever button as you
maintain brake application. Then pressthe shift lever
button and movethe shift lever into the gear you wish.
If you ever hold the brake pedal downbut still can’t
shift out of PARIS (P), try this:
1. Apply and holdthe brake until the end of Step 6.
2. If the engine is running, turnit off. Turn the key to
ON or ACC.
3. Find the access hole cover(A) on the driver’s sideof
the console, nearthe shift lever.
4. Remove the screw (B) and cover (A).
5 . Inside, you’ll seethe return plate (C). Using your
finger, movethe return plate towardthe rear of the
vehicle until it stops.
6. Move the shift lever into the gear you want.
7. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as possible.
2-25
Parking Your Vehicle
(Manual Transmission)
Parking Over Things That Burn
Before you get out of your vehicle,put your manual
transmission in REVERSE (R) and firmly apply the
parking brake.
If you have four-wheel drive, be sure your transfer case
is in a drivegear. Your vehicle could rollif it isn't.
If you are towinga trailer, see "Towing a Trailer" in
the Index.
R
c.
.. I
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust
parts under your vehicle and ignite. Don't park
over papers, leaves, dry grass or other things that
can burn.
2-26
Running Your Engine While You’re
Parked (Automatic Transmission)
Engine Exhaust
/!\ CAUTION:
It’s better notto park with the engine running. But if
ever you have to, here are some things to know.
I
Engine exhaust cankill. It contains the gas
carbon monoxide (CO), which you can’t see or
smell. It can cause unconsciousnessand death.
You might have exhaust coming if:
in
Your exhaust system sounds strange
or different.
Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
0 Your vehicle was damaged in a conision.
0 Your vehicle was damaged when driving over
high points onthe road orover road debris.
0 Repairs weren’t done correctly.
0 Your vehicle or exhaust system hadbeen
modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaustis coming into
your vehicle:
0 Drive it only with all thewindows down to
blow out any CO; and
0 Have your vehicle fixed immediately.
I
Idling the engine with the air system control
off could allow dangerous exhaust into
your vehicle (see the earlier Caution under
“Engine Exhaust”).
Also, idling in aclosed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) into yourvehicle even
if the fanswitch is at the highest setting. One
place this can happenis a garage. Exhaust wit1
CO can come in easily. NEVER park ina
garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in place can bea blizzard. (See
“Blizzard” in the Index.)
--
--
2-27
It can be dangerous toget out of your vehicle if
the shiftlever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engineis
running unless you have to. If you’ve left the
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
To be sure your
You or others could be injured.
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
PARK (P).
move the shift lever to
2-28
If you have four-wheel drive and your transfer case is
in NEUTRAL (N), your vehicle will be free to roll,
even if your shift leveris in PARK (P). So, be sure the
transfer case is ina drive gear -- not in NEUTRAL(N).
Always set your parking brake. Follow
the proper steps
to be sureyour vehicle won’t move. See “Shifting
Into
PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towinga Trailer” in
the Index.
Windows
Manual Windows
Use the window crank to open andclose each
door window.
Power Windows (If Equipped)
The driver-controlled switches for the rear windows
are located on thecenter console.
There are individual controls near each window.
The driver’s door also has a lock button
for the
passenger window(s). When you push
LOCK, the
passenger window(s) can’t be raisedor lowered. Push
LOCK again to unlock the window(s).
With power windows, switcheson the driver’s door
control eachof the front side windows when the ignition Horn
is on.
To sound the horn, press one of the horn symbols onthe
sides of your steering wheel.
2-29
f i r n SignaVMultifunction Lever
Lamps Control
Turn the outside part of the leverto control the lamps.
There are three positions for the lamp switch.
OFF: All lamps areoff.
~ 0 :The
0 ~
parking lamps, taillamps, license plate
lamp and the instrument panel lights come on.
The
headlamps are off.
:The headlamps and all other operating lamps
come on.
-:q-
lbrn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signal has two upward
(for right) and two
downward (for left) positions. These positions allow you
to signal aturn or a lane change.
The lever onthe left side of the steering column
includes your:
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer and
Passing Signal
Flash-to-Pass
a-erv
To signal a turn, move the lever the
all way up or down.
When the turnis finished, the lever will return
automatically.
An arrow on the instrument
panel will flash in the
direction of the turn or
lane change.
To signal alane change, just raise or lower the lever
until the arrowstarts to flash. Holdit there until you
complete yourlane change. The lever will returnby
itself when you releaseit.
Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
First, you must havethe headlamps on.For high beams,
push the turn signal lever toward the instrument panel.
When the high beams are
on, a light onthe instrument
panel also willbe on. It will
go off when you switch to
low beam.
As you signal a turnor a lane change, if the arrows
don’t flash but just stay on, a signal bulb may
be burned
out and other drivers won’t see your turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an
accident. If the arrows don’t
go on at all when you
signal aturn, check the fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit
Breakers” in the Index) andfor burned-out bulbs.
Lamps On Reminder
To switch back to low beams, pull the lever toward you.
If you turn the ignition off, remove the key, open the
door and leavethe lamps on, a tone will remind you
to
turn off your lamps.
Flash-to-Pass
With the lever inthe low-beam position, pull the lever
toward you to momentarily switch to high beam (to
signal that you are going to pass). When you release the
lever, the headlamps will return to low-beam operation.
2-31
Windshield WiperNasher Lever
HI: The wipers will run continuouslyat high speed.
Be sure to clear ice and snowfrom the wiper blades
before using them.If they’re frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosenor thaw them.If your bladesdo
become damaged, get new blades
or blade inserts.
Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers.
A circuit
breaker will stop them until the motor cools. Clear away
snow or ice to prevent an overload.
Windshield Washer
Pull the wipedwasher lever toward you to spray
washer fluid on the windshield. The spray will continue
until you releasethe lever. This will also turn on the
low-speed wipers for two wiper cycles.See “Windshield
Washer Fluid” in the Index.
The leveron the right sideof the steering column
controls the windshield wipers and washers.
Move the wiper switch to the position
you want:
OFF: The wipers areoff.
INT Intermittent wiper operation.In light rainor snow,
you might want to use this position rather than
continuous wiping.
LO: The wipers will run continuously at
low speed.
2-32
A
CAUTIC -V:
I-=M
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form iceon the windshield, blocking
your vision.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer(If Equipped)
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
To turn on your rear wiper,
push the upper button. h s h
the same button again to
turn it off.
To spray washerfluid on the rear window, pushthe
lower button about halfway down. Washer
fluid will
spray as longas you hold this button.To wash and wipe
at the same time, push the button all the way
in.
The washer and wiper will run as
long as you hold this
button. To add washerfluid, see “Windshield Washer
Fluid” in the Index.
With cruise control, youcan maintain a speedof about
25 mph (40 kmk)or more without keeping your
foot
on the accelerator. This can really help on long trips.
Cruise control does not work
at speeds below about
25 mph (40 krn/h).
When you apply your brakes, or push
the clutch pedal
if you have a manual transmission, the
cruise control
turns off.
2-33
.
,
.... ....
.
,.
..
, .
.
a Cruise control can be dangerous where
you
0
can’t drive safely at a steady speed. So,
don’t use your cruise control on winding
roads or inheavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes
in tire traction can cause
needless wheel
spinning, and you could lose control. Don’t
use cruise control on slippery
roads.
Setting Cruise Control
1. Press the CRUISE CTRL. switch on the instrument
panel to turn the systemon. The indicator lighton
the switch will comeon.
2. Get up to the speed you want.
I
&.
CAUTION:
If you leave your cruise controlswitch on when
you’re not using cruise, you might hita button
and go into cruisewhen you don’t want to. You
could bestartled andeven lose control. Keep the
cruise controlswitch off until you want touse it.
2-34
Resuming a Set Speed
If you set your cruise control at a desired speed and then
apply the brake,this will turn off the cruise control
function. But youdon’t need to resetit.
Once you’re going about
25 mph (40 km/h) or more,
you can turn the lever to
RESUME/ACCEL for
about one second. You’llgo
right backto your chosen
speed and stay there.
3. Once you’re going25 mph (40 km/h) or more, turn
the lever toCOAST/SET and release.Your cruise
will set.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
2-35
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways togo to a higher speed.
Use the accelerator pedal togo to a higher speed.
Turn the lever to COAST/SET and release. Take
your foot off the accelerator pedal. You’ll now
cruise at the higher speed.
Turn the lever to RESUME/ACCEL. Hold the lever
at RESUME/ACCEL until you get up to the speed
you want, then release the lever.
Using Cruise Controlon Hills
How well your cruise control will work
on hills depends
upon your speed, load and
the steepness of the hills.
When going up steep hills, you may have to steptheon
accelerator pedalto maintain your speed. When going
downhill, you may have to brake or shift to a lower
gear
to keep your speed down.
Of course, applying the brake
takes you outof cruise control. Many drivers find this
to
be too much trouble and don’t use cruise control on
steep hills.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
To reduce your speed, turn and hold the lever in the
COASTISET position until you reach the lower speed
you want, then release the lever.
Getting Outof Cruise Control
There are three ways to turn
off cruise control:
Step lightly on the brake pedal, or push the clutch
pedal if you have a manual transmission.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Push in the CANCEL button onthe end of the
cruise control lever.
Use the accelerator pedalto increase your speed. When
you take yourfoot off the pedal, your vehicle will slow
Press the CRUISE CTlU switch on the
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
instrument panel.
Erasing Speed Memory
When you turnoff the cruise controlor the ignition,
is erased.
your cruise control set speed memory
2-36
Exterior Lamps
Daytime Running Lamps
Daytime Running Lamps(DIU) can make it easier
for others to see the front of your vehicle during the
day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
The DIU system will make your low-beam headlamps
come on ata reduced brightness when:
0
The ignition is on,
0
The headlamp switch is off and
The parking brake is released.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parking
brake. The DRL will stay off until you release the
parking brake.
As with any vehicle,you should turn on the regular
headlamp system when you need
it.
Interior Lamps
Instrument Panel Brightness Control
This knob controlsthe
brightness of your
instrument panel lights.
Turn the knobto the right
to brighten thelights or to
the left to dim them.
When you turn on the headlamp switch, your DRL
will go out, and your headlamps will come
on.
The other lamps that come
on with your headlamps
will also come on.
When you turn off the headlamp switch,the regular
lamps will go off, and your low-beam headlamps will
come on at the reduced brightness
of DRL.
2-37
Mirrors
Dome Lamp
The dome lamp hasa
three-position switch.
Inside DaymightRearview Mirror
An inside rearview mirror is attached aboveyour
windshield. The mirror has pivotsso that you can adjust
it up and downor side to side.
You can adjust the mirror
for day or night driving. Pull
the tabfor night driving to reduce glare. Push tab
thefor
daytime driving.
Outside Manual Adjust Mirrors
1: This position is tothe left when sitting in the driver’s
seat. The lamp stays off even when a door
is open.
2: This is the center position. The lamp comes
on when
a dooris opened.
3: This position is to the right when sitting in the
driver’s seat.The dome lamp turns on and stays on
whether or not a door is open.
Adjust these mirrors by hand
so that you canjust see the
side of your vehicle when you are sitting
in a
comfortable driving position.
2-38
Power Remote Control Mirrors
(If Equipped)
The switch to control the
power mirrors is located on
the lowerleft side of the
instrument panel.You can
only adjust the mirrors
when the ignition switch is
in the ON or ACC position.
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Move the selectorswitch to the L (Left) or R (Right)
to selectthe mirror you wish to adjust.
2. Press the outer part of the switch that matches the
direction you want to movethe mirror.
3. Return the selector switch to the center position to
help prevent movingthe mirror accidentally.
Convex Outside Mirror
Your passenger’s side mirroris convex. A convex
mirror’s surfaceis curved so you can Bee more from
the driver’s seat.
/A
CA,TION:
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Storage Compartments
Glove Box
To open the glovebox, pull the latch towardyou.
Use your key to lock and unlock the glove
box.
Door Storage
Each front door has a storage compartment.
2-39
Front Seat Side Pockets
Pull the door to open the ashtray. To remove it, press
down onthe silver tab andpull the ashtray out. To
replace the ashtray, pushit in until the silver tab latches.
On the outsideof each front seat is a storage pocket.
Coinholder and Bin
Your console has a coinholder and a small storage bin.
The rear ashtray is on the back
of the center console.
Pull on the topof the door to open it.
To remove the
ashtray, pressdown on the tab and pullit out.
Cupholder
Two cupholders are on the center console next
to the
parking brake lever.
NOTICE:
Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter
Don’t put papers and other
things that burn
into your ashtray.If you do, cigarettes or other
smoking materials could set them
on fire,
causing damage.
To use the lighter, push the lighter in
all the way and let
go. When it’s ready,it will pop backby itself.
I NOTICE:
Sun Visors
~
To block out glare,you can swing down the visors.
Don’t hold a cigarette lighter with
in your hand
while it is heating. If you do, it won’t be able to
You can also swing them to the side. If the visors swing
back away from the heating element whenit’stooeasily,tightenthescrewontheroofrail.
ready. That can makeit overheat, damaging the
lighter and theheating element.
2-40
Convertible Top (If Equipped)
Your convertible top features a sunroof, a removable
rear window, removable side windows and a removable
canvas top.
NOTICE:
0
Never raise or lower the top while the
vehicle is moving, or drive with anypart
of the top unfastenedor partially removed.
The wind could getunder it and
cause damage.
Do not take your vehicle throughan
automatic car wash. It could damage your
convertible top.
Don’t try to lower or raise the convertible
top or tap orbeat onthe plastic windows
if your vehicle is out in cold weather,
41°F (5OC) or below. The cold can cause
cracks and other damage to the windows
and to the top as it is being lowered
or raised,
NOTICE: (Continued)
NOTICE: (Continued)
e Don’t lower the top if it is damp or wet.
After the top is down, the
trapped water
can cause stains, mildew
and damage to the
inside of your car. Besure to dry off the top
before you lower it.
Don’t lower the convertibletop if the rear
flap or side windowsare dirty. Dirt could
scratch the sidewindows.
The convertible top isn’t designed
to carry
weight. Never let anyone sit on the top,
and
don’t put anything on top of it when it is
up, or itcould be damaged.
2-41
Opening and ClosingYour Sunroof
3. Unhook the latch from the front top bow.
1. Lower your antenna and swing yoursun
visors down.
2. Squeeze the front top bow latch buttons and pull the
latch back.
2-42
5. Unfasten the holding strap near the dome lamp
and pull it through the slot in the front top bow.
4. Swing the front top bow up and back while folding
the canvas top outfrom between the top bow and
the roof support. Be sure that you don’t pinch
the
canvas top between the front top bow arms and the
roof rails.
6. Fasten the holding strap to itself.
7. Push the front top bow latches down until
they “click.”
8. Swing your sun visors up and raise your antenna.
Reverse the steps to close your
sunroof. Be sure your
front top bow is latched securely.
2-43
Removing and InstallingYour
Rear Window
The rear window of your vehicle is removable. This
allows you to open the back opening all the way or to
replace the window if it becomes deteriorated.To
remove the rear window:
1. Open the rear gateall the way.
2. Unfasten the canvas flaps at the lower cornersof
the rear windowto uncover the zipper pull.
3. Unzip the rear window.
4. Hang the rear window downso it hangs outsideof
the vehicle.
5 . Push the clip on the driver’s sideof the rear window
frame (see illustration above) and pull the bar
rearward. Then slide the bar to the left to release the
passenger’s side.
Reverse the steps to install the rear window. Make sure
that the window is completely closed before driving.
2-44
Removing andInstalling the Side Window
4. Unzip the zipper therest of the way and remove the
side window.
1. Unfasten the [email protected] strips on the top and rear
quarter of the side window.
2. Unzip the zipper almost all the way, leaving about
3 inches (8 cm) of it still zipped and unfasten the
Velcro stripson the inside of the window.
Reverse the stepsto install theside window.
During installation youmay want tostart by zippingthe
zipper about3 inches (8 cm), to hold the window in
place. When zipping, place the rear bottom corner
of the
window inside the rear part of the vehicle body
to help
you engage the zipper end.
3. Release the plastic strip sewn along the bottom edge
of the window by gently pulling down and
out. Then
release the plastic along the
front edge of the
window by pullingit forward and out.
2-45
L
Be sure to:
Fit the side andrear part of the window into the
frame before completely zipping the window.
Push the inner lip of the canvas top all the way in
while zipping.
2-46
After completing installation, make sure that the front
and bottom ends are securely hooked and the rear top
end of the window is underthe canvas top.
Lowering and Raising the Canvas Top
1. Remove the side windows of the canvas top as
shown previously.
2. Open the rear window and hang it down inside the
luggage compartment.
4. Unfasten the snaps that secure the canvas top to the
roof piece. The snaps are located on either
side of the
dome lamp.
I
5. Lower the sun visors
andpush both sides of
the lock buttons on the
front latches.
I
I
I
I I
3. Unfasten the snaps on the driver’s and passenger’s
sides of the roof side tension belts, located above the
doors on the outsideof the vehicle, underneath the
canvas top.
2-47
6. Unhook the latches.
7. Pull back the swingarm, unfasten thefive snaps that
secure the canvasto the swing arm and removethe
canvas from the swing arm.
8. Return the swing arm forward and hook it securely
with the latches.
2-48
9. Pull the tension belts located abovethe door frame
out through their rings.
10. Lay thefront half of the canvas top onto the
rear half of the top. Then, foldit forward so it is
in “half.”
11. Put the rear bottom cornersof the canvas top into
the luggage compartment.
12. Lower the top bows.
Make sure thatthe lower topbow rests onthe
rubber support without pinching any part
of the
canvas top.
2-49
14. Fasten the upper top
bow with the belt on
the driver’s side seat
belt shoulderanchor
bracket.
13. Lower the folded canvas behind the rear
seatback(s). Make sure that the rear seat belts
around the shoulder anchor are clear from the
folded top.
2-50
Reverse the steps to raise
your canvas top.
After raising the canvas top, make sure that the canvas
extension is located outside the roof rail.
Removing and Installing the CanvasTop
3. Unfasten the [email protected]
fastener.
4. Unsnap the canvas top to removeit all theway.
See “Preparing Your Canvas Top for Storage” in this
section for the correct storage procedure.
1. Complete the steps listed previously for lowering the
canvas top.
2. Detach the rear bottom cornersof the canvas top.
2-51
Preparing the Canvas Top for Storage
2. Fold the side windows onto the top.
1. Lay the canvas top with theinside facing up on a
clean, dry, flat surface.
2-52
3. Fold the frontpart of the canvas top over the windows.
5. Roll the canvas top around the rear window.
4. Lay the rear window on top of the folded canvas top.
6. Store in a clean, dry location.
2-53
Instrument Panel
2-54
A. Defroster
M. Cruise ControlON/OFF Button (If Equipped)
B. Rear Defogger (If Equipped)
N. Rear Window Wiper Button (If Equipped)
C. Turn SignalMultifunction Lever
0. Rear Window Washer Button (If Equipped)
D. Power Mirror Control (If Equipped)
P. ComfortControls
E. Air Vent
Q. Cigarette Lighter
E Instrument Panel Brightness Control
R. Shift Lever
G. Hazard Switch
S. Parking Brake Lever
H. Fuse Block
T. CoinholderBin
I. InstrumentCluster
U. Audio System
J. IgnitionSwitch
V. Transfer Case Shift Lever (If Equipped)
K. Horn
W. Ashtray
L. Windshield WiperNasher Lever
X. Glove Box
2-55
Instrument Panel Cluster
Your instrument clusteris designed to let you know
at a glance how your vehicle
is running. You’ll know how
fast you’re going, about how much fuel you have left, and many other things you’ll
to know
need to drive safely
and economically.
2-56
Speedometer and Odometer
Tachometer
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles
per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour
(kmk).
Your
odometer shows howfar your vehicle has been driven,
in either miles (used
in the United States) or kilometers
(used in Canada).
Your vehicle’s odometeris tamper-resistant. If you can
see silver lines betweenthe numbers, someone probably
has triedto turn it back. The numbers may not be true.
You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a
new odometer installed. If possible, the new
one is to be
set tothe same reading as the old one.If it can’t be, then
it’s set at zero. Then a label is attached on
the driver’s
door to show the old reading and when
the new one was
installed.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer can tell you howfar your vehicle has
been driven since you last
set the trip odometerto zero.
To set the trip odometer to zero, press the knob.
/
x100Orpm
The tachometer shows
engine speed in thousands
of revolutions per minute
(rpm). You can use it while
driving to select correct
shift points.The tachometer
may not return to zero when
the engine is not running.
I NOTICE:
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in
the red area, or engine damage may occur.
2-57
Warning Lights, Gages
and Indicators
This part describes the warning lights and gages that
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will helpyou
locate them.
Warning lights and gagescan signal that something is
wrong beforeit becomes serious enough to cause an
expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to
your warning lights and gages could also save you or
others from injury.
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a
problem withone of your vehicle’s functions.As you
will see in the details on the next few pages, some
warning lights come on briefly when you start
the
engine just to let you know they’re working.If you are
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.
Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem
with oneof your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
warning lights work together to let you
know when
there’s a problem with your vehicle.
2-58
When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on
when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
what to do aboutit. Please follow this manual’s advice.
Waiting to do repairs can
be costly -- and even
dangerous. So please getto know your warning lights
and gages. They’re a big help.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
When the key is turned to
ON or START, a light will
come on and stay on to
remind people to fasten
their safety belts, unless
the driver’s safety belt is
already buckled.
If the driver’s belt is already buckled, a tone will also
sound.
Charging System Light
Air BagReadiness Light
There is an air bag readinesslight on the instrument
panel, which showsAIR BAG. The system checks the
air bag’s electrical systemfor malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an
electrical problem. The system
check includesthe air bag sensors, the air bag modules,
the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module.
For more informationon the air bag system,see “Air
Bag” inthe Index.
AIR
BAG
This light will come on
when you start your engine,
and it will flashfor a few
seconds. Then thelight
should go out. This means
the system is ready.
If the air bag readiness light stays on after
you start the
engine or comes on when youare driving, your air bag
system maynot work properly. Have your vehicle
serviced right away.
This light will comeon
briefly when you turn onthe
ignition, but theengine is
not running, as a checkto
show you itis working.
Then it should goout when
the engine starts.
If the light stays on or comes on while you are driving,
you may have a problem with
the electrical charging
system. It could indicate that you haveloose
a generator
drive belt or another electrical problem. Have
it checked
right away. Driving while thislight is on could drain
your battery.
If you must drive a short distance with this light
on, be
certain to turn off all your accessories, suchas the radio
and air conditioner.
The air bag readiness light should
flash for a few
seconds when you turnthe ignition key toON. If the
light doesn’t comeon then, have it fixedso it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.
2-59
- ..
~
This light should comeon when you turn the ignition
key to START. If it doesn’t come on then, have
it fixed
When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light so it will be ready to warn you if there’sa problem.
will comeon when you set your parking brake.The light
will stayon if your parking brake doesn’t release fully. If the light comeson while you are driving, pull off the
road and stop carefully.You may notice that the pedal is
If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released,
it
harder to push. Or,the pedal may go closer to the floor.
means you have a brake problem.
It may take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, or if the
Your vehicle’s hydraulic brake systemis divided into
anti-lock brake system warning light is flashing, have
two parts. If one part isn’t working, the other part can the vehicle towedfor service. (See “Anti-Lock Brake
still work andstop you. For good braking, though, you
System Warning Light” and “Towing Your Vehicle”
in
need both parts working well.
the Index.)
If the warning light comeson, there could be a brake
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
Brake System Warning Light
I
BRAKE
United States
2-60
Canada
k!,CAUTION:
Your brake system may not be working properly
if the brake system warning light is on. Driving
with the brake system warning light
on can lead
to an accident. If the light
is still on or if the
anti-lock brake system warning light is flashing
after you’ve pulledoff the road and stopped
carefully, have the vehicle towed for service.
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
Light (Option)
ABS
With the anti-lock brake
system, this light will
come on when you start
your engine and it will
stay on for three seconds.
That’s normal.
If the light flashes when you’re driving, you don’t have
anti-lock brakes and there could be
a problem with your
regular brakes. Pulloff the road and stop carefully.You
may notice that the pedalis harder to push. Or, the pedal
may go closer to the floor. It may take longer to stop.
Have the vehicle towedfor service. (See “Towing Your
Vehicle’’ in the Index.)
I
I
h, CAUTION:
Your regular brake system may not be working
properly if the anti-lock brake system warning
light is flashing. Driving with the anti-lock
brake system warning light flashing can lead to
an accident. After you’ve pulled off the road
and stopped carefully, have the vehicle towed
for service.
If the anti-lock brake system warning light stays on
longer than normal after you’ve started your engine, turn
the ignition off. Or,if the light comeson and stays on
when you’re driving,stop as soon as possible and turn
the ignition off. Thenstart the engine again to reset
the
system. If the light still stayson, or comeson again
while you’re driving, your vehicle needs service.
If the
light is on but not flashing and
the regular brake system
warning light isn’ton, you still have brakes, butyou
don’t have anti-lock brakes.
The anti-lock brake system warning
light should come
on briefly when you turn the ignition key ON.
to If the
light doesn’t come on
then, have it fixedso it will be
ready to warn you if there isa problem.
~
Anti-Lock Brake SystemActive
Light (Option)
r1
ABS
ACTIVE
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
the anti-lock brake system
active light will come on.
Slippery road conditions may exist if this light comes
on, so adjust your driving accordingly.
The light will
stay on for a few seconds after the system stops
adjusting brake pressure.
The anti-lock brake system active light also comes on
briefly when you turnthe ignition key toON. If the light
doesn’t come on then, have
it fixed so it will be there to
tell you whenthe system is active.
2-62
._.a
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
This gage shows the engine
coolant temperature. If the
gage pointer moves to the
H (red) side, your engine is
too hot.
It means that your engine coolant has overheated and
you should stop your vehicle and
turn off the engine
as soon as possible.
The “Problems on the Road” section
of this manual
shows what to do.See “Engine Overheating’’ in
the Index.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Service Engine SoonLight)
SERVICE
ENGINE
SOON
Your vehicle is equipped
with a computer which
monitors operationof the
fuel, ignition and emission
control systems.
NOTICE:
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, after a while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel economy may not
be as
good and your engine may not run as smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.
This system is called OBDI1 (On-Board
This light should come
on, as a checkto show youit is
Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended to
working, when the ignitionis on and the engine is not
assure that emissions are
at acceptable levels forthe
running. If thelight doesn’t comeon, have it repaired.
life of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
This light will also comeon durinp a malfunctionin one
environment. The SERVICE ENGINE SOON light
of two ways:
comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service
is required. Malfunctions often will be indicated by the 0 Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and
system before any problemis apparent. This may
may damagethe emission control systemon your
prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. This
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
system is also designedto assist your service technician
and service may be required.
in correctly diagnosing any malfunction.
Light On Steady -- An emission control system
malfunction has been detected on your vehicle.
Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
service may be required.
2-63
If the LightIs Flashing
If the LightIs On Steady
The following may prevent moreserious damage to
your vehicle:
You may be able to correctthe emission system
malfunction by considering the following:
0
Reducing vehicle speed.
Did you recently put fuelinto your vehicle?
Avoiding hard accelerations.
If so, reinstall the fuel cap, making sure to fully install
the cap. The diagnostic system can determine if fuel
the
cap has been leftoff or improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. A few driving trips with the cap properly
installed shouldturn the light off.
Avoiding steep uphill grades.
If you are towing a trailer, reduce the amount of
cargo being hauled as soon
as it is possible.
If the light stops flashing and remains on steady, “If
see
the LightIs On Steady’’ following.
Did youjust drive through a deep puddle
of water?
If the light continues toflash, when it is safe to doso,
If so, your electrical system may be wet. The condition
stop the vehicle. Find a safe place to park your vehicle.
will usually be corrected when the electrical system
Turn the key off, wait at least10 seconds and restart the dries out. A few driving trips should
turn the light off.
engine. If the light remainson steady, see “If the Light
Are you low on fuel?
Is On Steady’’ following.If the light isstill flashing,
follow the previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your As your engine startsto run outof fuel, your engine may
not run as efficiently as designed since small amounts of
dealer or qualified service centerfor service.
air are sucked into thefuel line causing a misfire. The
system can detectthis. Adding fuel should correct this
condition. Make sure to install the fuel cap properly.
It
will take a few driving trips to turn the off.
light
j
I
2-64
~
i
I
Have you recently changed brands
of fuel?
If so, be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality
fuel (see
“Fuel” in the Index). Poorfuel quality will cause your
engine not to runas efficiently as designed. You may
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you
put the vehicleinto gear, misfiring, hesitation on
acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. (These
conditions may go away oncethe engine is warmed up.)
This will be detected by the system and cause the
light
to turn on.
If you experience one or moreof these conditions,
change thefuel brand you use. It will require at leastone
h l l tank of the properfuel to turnthe light off.
If none of the above steps have made the
light turn off,
have your dealeror qualified service center check the
vehicle. Your dealer hasthe proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools tofix any mechanical or electrical
problems that mayhave developed.
Oil Pressure Light
If you have a problem with
your oil, this light may stay
on after you start your
engine, or come on when
you are driving.
This indicates that there
is not enough pressure to keep
your engine properly lubricated and cool. The engine
could be low on oil, or have some other
oil related
problem. Have it fixed right away.
The oil light could also come
on in three other situations.
e When the ignitionis on but the engine is not running,
the light will come on as a test
to show you it is
working, but thelight will goout when you turn the
engine to START. If it doesn’t come on with the
ignition on, you may have a problem withfuse
the or
bulb. Have it fixed right away.
e Sometimes when the engineis idling at a stop, the
light may blink on and off. Thisis normal.
e If you make a hard stop, thelight may come on for a
moment. This is normal.
2-65
Power Indicator Light (If Equipped)
Don’t keep drivingif the oil pressure is low. If
you do, your engine can
become so hot that it
catches fire. You or others could be burned.
Check youroil as soon as possible and have
your vehicle serviced.
I NOTICE:
POWER
This light comes on when
the power mode selector
switch is turned to
POWER (P)with the
ignition switch in the
ON position.
This light comes on as a check
for approximately
5 seconds when the ignition keyis turned to ON
or START.
Overdrive Off Light (If Equipped)
Damage to your engine from
neglected oil
problems can becostly and is not coveredby
your warranty.
O/D OFF
This light comes on when
the automatic four-speed
transmission has been
converted to the three-speed
mode and the overdriveis
turned off.
This light also comes on as a check
for approximately
5 seconds whenthe ignition keyis turned toON
or STmT.
2-66
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
Indicator Light
This light goes on whenever
the daytime running lamps
are on.
Here are four concerns some owners have had about
the
fuel gage. All these situationsare normal and do not
indicate that anythingis wrong with the fuel gage.
0
At the gas station, thefuel pump shuts off before
the gage readsF (FULL).
0
It takes more (orless) fuel to fill up thanthe gage
reads. For example, the gage reads half
full, but it
took more (or less) than half
of the tank’s capacity to
fill it.
0
The gage moves a little when you turn, stopor
speed up.
0
When you turn the engineoff, the gage doesn’t go
back to E (EMPTY).
Fuel Gage
Your fuel gage showsabout
how much fuel is in your
tank. Whenthe gage first
indicates E (EMPTY), you
still have aboutone or two
gallons (4 to 8 L) of fuel left
in your tank, butyou need
to get moreright away.
2-67
&
2-68
NOTES
0Section 3
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
In this section, you'll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle.
Be
sure to read about
the particular systems supplied with your vehicle.
3-2
3-2
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-6
3-6
3-6
Comfort Controls
Climate ControlSystem
Air Conditioner Controls (Option)
Heating
Ventilation System
Defogging and Defrosting
Rear Window Defogger(If Equipped)
Audio Systems
Setting the Clock
AM-FM Stereo (If Equipped)
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and
Automatic Tone Control(If Equipped)
3-11AM-FM
Stereo withCompactDiscPlayerand
Automatic Tone Control(If Equipped)
3- 15UnderstandingRadioReception
3- 15
TipsAboutYourAudioSystem
3- 16
Care of Your CassetteTapePlayer
3-17
Care ofYour CompactDiscs
3-17
Care ofYour CompactDiscPlayer
Antenna
17
33-8
J'
Comfort Controls
wJ FLOOR: This position directs air toward the floor.
With this system,you can control the heating and
ventilation in your vehicle. If you have the air
conditioning option,you can also control cooling.
w?
Your vehicle also hasthe flow-through ventilation
system described laterin this section.
Climate Control System
DEFOG: This position directs air toward the
floor, the windshield and side windows.
DEFROST This position directs air
to the
windshield and side windows.
Fan Control Lever
Slide the leveraway from OFF to turn the system on.
Move the lever toward the
fan symbol to increase the
fan’s speed.
Temperature Control Lever
Slide the lever to change the temperature
of the air
flowing fromthe system. Move it to the right
for
warmer air and to theleft for cooler air. Without
optional air conditioning, the air temperature cannot be
less than the outside air temperature.
Air Intake Lever
Airflow Lever
d
m
9 VENT This position directs the airflow through
the instrument panel vents.
A.
*P BI-LEVEL: This position directs air through the
instrument panel vents and toward the floor.
3-2
CIRCULATE: Choose this position to circulate
outside air through the comfort control system.
a
RECIRCULATE: Choose this position
to recirculate the inside air through comfort
the
control system.
Air Conditioner Controls (Option)
c
The air conditioning system
uses the same controlsas
described previously. The
function of each lever is
explained under “Climate
Control System”in this
part. The incoming air is
cooled and dehumidified
instead of being heated.
For normal cooling, push theA/C button and move theair
intake lever to CIRCULATE. For faster cooling, move
the
lever to RECIRCULAR. Then move the airflow lever to
VENT, the temperature control lever toward the left
and
the fan control lever toward the fan symbol.
On days when it is raining orthe humidity is high,
follow these dehumidifying steps to help clean windows
that are cloudy with moisture. Push the
A/C button.
Move theair intake lever to CIRCULATE. Move the
airflow lever to DEFROST and
the fan control lever
toward the fan symbol. Adjustthe temperature control
lever to a comfortable setting.
Heating
Push theA/Cbutton to change your comfort control
system from heating to air conditioning. A light will
come on when the air conditioning
is on. The A/C
button can also control the humidityin your vehicle.
The air conditioner works best if you
keep your
windows closed. On very hotdays, open the windows
just long enoughfor the hot air to escape.
For the quickest results, move the air intake
lever to
RECIRCULATE. Move the airflow lever to FLOOR, the
temperature controllever toward the rightfor warmer
air and the fan control lever towardthe fan symbol.You
should switch to CIRCULATE once in a while to avoid
stale air and cloudy windows.
3-3
-
Ventilation System
For mild outside temperatures, when little heating or
cooling is needed, you canstill direct outsideair through
your vehicle.
Move the air intake lever to CIRCULATE and the
aifflow lever toBI-LEVEL. Adjust the temperature
control leverto a comfortable setting and move the
fan
control lever toward thefan symbol.
Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies
outside air into the vehicle when
it is moving. Outside
air will also enter the vehicle when the is
fan
running
and the air intake leveris at CIRCULATE.
Your vehicle has air outlets that allow you
to adjust the
direction andmount of airflow inside the vehicle.
Move the louvers up or down to direct airflow to your
preference. Increase or reduce the amountof airflow by
opening and closing the louvers.
Ventilation Tips
Keep the hood and
front air inlet free of ice, snow or any
other obstruction (suchas leaves). The heater and
defroster will work far better, reducing the chance
of
fogging the inside of your windows.
Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped)
The rear window defogger
uses a warming grid to
remove fog from the
rear window.
When you enter a vehiclein cold weather, move the fan
control lever towardthe fan symbol for a few moments
before driving off. This helps clear the intake ductsof
snow and moisture, and reduces the chance
of fogging
the inside of your windows.
Keep theair path underthe front seats clearof objects.
This helps air to circulate throughout your vehicle.
Defogging and Defrosting
Slide the airintake lever to CIRCULATE and the
airflow lever to DEFROST direct
to
air tothe
windshield vents. Thenslide the temperature control
lever toward the right andthe fan lever toward the fan
symbol. When the windshield is clear, turn down the
fan speed.
Press the switch to turn on the defogger. An indicator
light will come on below the switch to remind you that
the defogger is on. Pressthe switch again to turn the
defogger off. The rear window defogger will also turn
off if you turn the ignition switchto ACC or LOCK, but
will turn backon when the ignition is turned back
on.
Do not attach anything likea temporary vehicle license
or a decal across the defogger grid
on the rear window.
3-5
NOTICE:
AM-FM Stereo (If Equipped)
Don't use a razor blade or something else sharp
on the insideof the rear window.If you do, you
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn't be coveredby your warranty.
Audio Systems
Your Delco Electronics audio system has been designed
of listening pleasure.
to operate easily and give years
You will get the most enjoyment of
outit if you acquaint
yourself with it first. Find out what your Delco
Electronics system cando and how to operate all its
controls, to be sure you're getting the most out
of the
advanced engineering that went
into it.
Playing the Radio
Setting the Clock
Press and holdRECALL (TIME SET) to set the correct
hour. At the same time, press and hold the TUNE left
arrow (H) until the correct hour appears.
Press and holdRECALL (TIME SET) to setthe correct
minute. At the same time, press and hold the TUNE
right arrow (M) until the correct minute appears.
3-6
PWR-VOLUME: This knob turns the system on and
off and controls the volume. To increase volume and
turn the radio on, turn the knob to the right. Turn
it to
the left to decrease volume and
turn off the system.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition
off by
pressing this button. When the radio
is playing, press
this button to recall the station frequency.
Finding a Station
Setting theTone
AM.FM: Press this button to switch betweenAM and
FM. The display shows your selection.
BASS: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turnthe
knob to the right to increase bass andthe
to left to
decrease bass.
TUNE: Press the right orleft arrows to go to a higher or
TREB: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the
lower station. Press and hold
to continue tuning and
release when youfind your station.The display will
knob tothe right to increasetreble and to theleft to
show the frequency of each station tuned.
decrease treble.If a stationis weak or noisy, you may
want to decreasethe treble.
SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go tothe next
higher or lower station and stay there.
h s h these knobs backinto their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttonslet
you return to your previously played stations.
You can
Adjusting the Speakers
set up to 12 stations (sixAM and six FM). Just:
BAL: Press this knob lightly soit extends. Then pull the
1. Turn the radio on.
knob all the way out.Turn the knob to the right for the
right speakers and to the left for the left speakers. The
2. Press AM.FM to select the band.
middle position balances the sound between the speakers.
3. Tune in the desired station.
FADE: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Then pull
4. Press and holdone of the six pushbuttons for at least
the knob all the
way out. Turnthe knob to the right to
two seconds. The sound will mute and then return
adjust the sound to
the rear speakers andto the left for
when the station is stored. Whenever you press that
the fi-ont speakers.The middle position balances the
numbered button, the station you set will return.
sound betweenthe speakers.
5. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
Push these knobs back
into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
3-7
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this buttonto switch between AM, FM1
and FM2. The display showsyour selection.
TUNE: Press the right or left arrows go
to to a higher or
lower station. Press and hold to continue tuning and
release when you find your station. The display will
show the frequencyof each station tuned.
SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go to the next
higher or lower station and stay there.
Playing the Radio
PWR-VOLUME: This knob turns the system on and
off and controls the volume.
To increase volume and
knob to the right. Turnit to
turn the radio on, turn the
the left to decrease volume and turn
off the system.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition
off by
pressing this button. When the radio is playing, press
this button to recall the station frequency.
3-8
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons
let you return to your previously played stations.
You
can set up to 18 stations (sixAM, six FM1 and six
FM2). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press AM-FM to select the band.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press and hold one of thesix pushbuittons for a.t least
two seconds. The sound will mute and then return
when the stationis stored. Whenever you press that
numbered button, the station you
set will return.
5. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
Setting theTone
Adjusting the Speakers
BASS: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn me
knob to the right to increase bass and to the
left to
decrease bass.
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Then pull the
knob all the way out. Turn the knob to the right for the
right speakers andto the left for the left speakers. The
middle position balancesthe sound between the speakers.
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob tothe right to increase treble and to the
left to
decrease treble. If a stationis weak or noisy, you may
want to decreasethe treble.
FADE: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Then pull
the knob allthe way out. Turnthe knob tothe right to
adjust the soundto the rear speakers and the
to left for
the front speakers. The middle position balances the
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
sound between the speakers.
you’re not using them.
Push these knobs back
into their stored positions when
TONE: Press this button tochoose preset bass and
you’re not using them.
treble equalization settings designedfor ROCK, NEWS,
POP, JAZZ and CLASSIC. ROCK will appear when
you first press TONE. Each time you press
it, another
setting will appearon the display. If you pressit one
more time, after CLASSIC appears
on the display, tone
control will be back to
the BASS and TREB knobs.
Playing a Cassette Tape
With the ignition and radio on, insert a cassette tape.
The tape will begin playingas soon asit is inserted.
Press EJECTor RECALL to load a tape with the
ignition off. Then insert the cassette tape. A tape symbol
is shown inthe center of the graphic display whenever a
tape is inserted. When a tapeis active, the tape symbol
will be accompanied by a direction arrow.
REV (TUNE): Press the leftarrows to reverse the tape
rapidly. Press REV (TUNE) or TAPE to return to
playing speed.
FWD (TUNE): Press the right arrowsto advance
rapidly to another partof the tape. Press FWD (TUNE)
or TAPEto return to playing speed.
PREV (SEEK): Press the left arrow to go to the startof
the current selectionif more than eight seconds have
Your tape playeris built to work best with tapes that are played. If you holdthe button or press it more than once,
the player will continue moving back through the tape.
30 to 45 minutes long on eachside. Tapes longer than
Press the left arrow or TAPE to return to playing speed.
that are so thin they may not work wellin this player.
The longer side with the tape visible should
face to the
NEXT (SEEK):Press the right arrow to go to thestart of
right. If you hear nothing orhear just a garbled sound, it the next selection if morethan eight seconds have played.If
may not be in squarely. PressEJECT to remove the tape you hold the button or press it morethan once, the player
and start over.
will continue moving forward throughthe tape. Press the
right arrow or TAPE to return to playing speed.
While the tape is playing,use the VOLUME, FADE,
01 (2): Press this button to reduce background noise
BAL, TREB, BASS and TONE controls justas you do for
from tapes encoded with Dolby
NR.
the radio. The display will showan arrow to show which
side of the tapeis playing. When the down indicator arrow Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under
a license
is lit, selections listed on the bottom side of the cassette arefrom Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Dolby
playing. When the up arrow is lit, selections listed on the
and the double-D symbol are trademarksof Dolby
top side of the cassette are playing.
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
MTL: Your bias is set automatically. MTLwill appear
on your display when a metalor chrome tapeis inserted.
AM-FM Stereowith Compact Disc Player
and Automatic Tone Control(If Equipped)
AMeFM: Press this buttonto play the radio when a tape
is playing.
TAPE: With a tape loaded in
the player and the radio
playing, press this button once
to play the tape. To
switch from the tape to the radio when the tape is
playing, press theAMeFM button. Press this button
to
switch from one side of the tape to the other. Your
cassette tape player can play continuously because the
player has an auto-reverse feature.
EJECT: Press this buttonto remove the tape.The radio
will play.
CLEAN: If this message appears on
the display, the
cassette tape player needs
to be cleaned. It will still play
tapes, but you should cleanit as soon as possibleto
prevent damage tothe tapes and player.See “Care of
Your Cassette Tape Player” inthe Index. After you clean Playing the Radio
the player, press and hold EJECT
for five seconds to
PWR-VOLUME: This knob turns the system
on and
reset the CLEAN indicator. The radio will display--- to
off and controls the volume.To increase volume and
show the indicator was reset.
turn the radioon, turn the knob to theright. Turn it to
the left to decrease volume and turn
off the system.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition
off by
pressing this button. When the radio
is playing, press
this button to recallthe station frequency.
3-11
Finding a Station
AM-FM: Press this button to switch between
AM, FM1
and FM2. The display shows your selection.
TUNE: Press the rightor left arrows togo to a higheror
lower station. Press and hold
to continue tuning and
release when you find your station.
The display will
show the frequencyof each station tuned.
SEEK: Press the right orleft arrow to go to the next
higher or lower station and stay there.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons
let you return to your previously played stations.
You
can set up to 18 stations (sixAM, six FM1 and six
FM2). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press AM.FM to select the band.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press and hold oneof the six pushbuttonsfor at least
two seconds. The sound will mute and then return
when the station is stored. Whenever you press that
numbered button, the station you set will return.
5. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
3-12
Setting the Tone
BASS: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turnthe
bass and to theleft to
knob to the right to increase
decrease bass.
TREB: Press thisknob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob to the right to increase treble and to left
theto
decrease treble.If a station is weak or noisy, you may
want to decrease the treble.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
TONE: Press this button to choose preset bass and
treble equalization settings designed
for ROCK, NEWS,
POP, JAZZ and CLASSIC. ROCK will appear when
you first press TONE. Each time you press it, another
setting will appear on the display.
If you press it one
more time, after CLASSIC appears
on the display, tone
control will be back
to the BASS and TREB knobs.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Then pull the
knob all the way out. Turn the
knob to the right for the
right speakers and to the left for the
left speakers. The
middle position balancesthe sound between the speakers.
If you’re driving on a very rough road
or if it’s very hot,
the disc may not play and
Err (error) may appear onthe
display. PressRECALL to takeErr off the display.
When things get back to normal,
the disc should play. If
the disc comes out,it could be that:
The disc is upside down. The player will not pullthe
FADE: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Then pull
disc in.
the knoball the way out. Turn the knob to the right to
0 It is dirty, scratched or wet.
adjust the sound tothe rear speakers and to the
left for
the front speakers. The middle position balances the
0 It is very humid. (If so, wait about an hour and
sound between the speakers.
try again.)
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when While the CD is playing, use theVOLUME, FADE,
you’re not using them.
BAL, TREB, BASS and TONE controls
just as you do
for the radio.The CD player automatically begins
Playing a Compact Disc
playing again when it reaches the end
of the disc.
With the radio on, insert a disc into the CD slot, label
A disc that has been ejected but is still sitting in the
side up. The player will pull it in. The disc should begin
CD player will be pulled back into the player after
playing. A CD symbol
is shown inthe center of the
approximately 30 seconds. This protects the disc and
graphic display whenever a disc is inserted.
player from damage.The disc will notstart playing. To
Don’t usethe smaller discs (three-inch singles). They
remove the disc, press the EJECT button and remove
the
won’t eject. Use full-size compact discs.
disc from the player.
3-13
REV (TUNE): Press and hold the left arrows
to reverse
rapidly within a track. Release
it to resume playing.
FWD (TUNE): Press and hold the rightarrows to advance
rapidly withina track. Release it to resume playing.
TRACK (SEEK):Press the left arrow to go
to the start
of the current track if more than eight seconds have
played. If you hold the buttonor press it more than once,
the player will continue moving back through
the disc.
Press the right arrow to go the
to start of the next track if
more than eight seconds have played.
If you hold the
button or pressit more than once, the player will
continue moving forward throughthe disc.
RAND (2): Press this button to hear the tracks in
random, rather than sequential, order. PressRAND or
RPT again to turn off random play.
3-14
RPT (5): Press this button once to heara selection over
again. The current track will continue
to repeat. Press
RPT, AM-FM, RAND, or the TRACK (SEEK) right or
left arrow to turn off repeated play.
RECALL: Press this button tosee which track is
playing. PressRECALL again, within five seconds, to
see how longit has been playing (elapsed time). The
track number also appears when the disc is inserted or
you change the volume.
AM*FM:Press this button to play the radio when a disc
is playing. The disc will stop but remain in the player.
CD: With a disc loaded in the player and the radio
playing, press this button once to play the compact disc.
EJECT: Press this button to removethe disc. The radio
will play. The disc willstart at thefirst track when you
reinsert it.
Understanding Radio Reception
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater than
for F M ,
especially at night. The longer range, however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other.
AM can pick
up noise from things like storms and power
lines. Try
reducing the treble to reduce this noiseif you ever getit.
FM Stereo
FM stereo will give youthe best sound, butFM signals
will reach only about 10 to40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
buildings or hills can interfere withFM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
Tips About Your AudioSystem
Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable
until it is toolate. Your hearing can adapt to higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal can
be loud
and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by
adjusting the volume control on your radioa to
safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to
it.
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
0
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
and clearly.
NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipment to your
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can
add what you want. If you can, it’s very
important to doit properly. Added sound
equipment may interfere with the operationof
your vehicle’s engine, Delco Electronics radio or
other systems, and even damage them. Your
vehicle’s systems may interfere with the
operation of sound equipmentthat has been
added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, check with
your dealer and be sure
to checkFederal rules
covering mobileradio andtelephone units.
--
--
3-15
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
When using a scrubbing action, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette, it is normal for the cassette to eject because
your unit is equipped with a cut tape detection feature
and a cleaning cassette may appear as a broken tape.
To
prevent the cleaning cassette from being ejected, use the
following’steps.
A tape player thatis not cleaned regularly can cause
reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or a damaged
mechanism. Cassette tapes shouldbe stored in their
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and
extreme heat. If they aren’t, they
may not operate
1. Turn the ignition to ON or ACC.
properly or may cause failure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every 2. Turn the radio off.
50 hours of use. Your radio may displayCLEAN to
3. Press and hold the TAPE button for five seconds. The
indicate that you have used your tape player
for
tape symbol on the display will flash for two seconds.
50 hours without resetting the tape clean timer. If this
4. Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette.
message appearson the display, your cassette tape
player needs tobe cleaned. It will still play tapes, but
5. Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturer’s
you should cleanit as soonas possible to prevent
recommended cleaning time.
damage to your tapes and player. If you notice a
reduction in sound quality, try a known good cassette to When the cleaning cassette has been ejected, the cut tape
detection feature is active again.
see if it is the tapeor the tape player at fault.
If this other
cassette has no improvement in sound quality, clean the You may also choose a non-scrubbing action, wet-type
tape player.
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean
the tape head. This type
of cleaning cassette will not
The recommended cleaning method for your cassette
eject on its own.A non-scrubbing action cleaner may
tape player is the use
of a scrubbing action,
not clean as thoroughly asthe scrubbing type cleaner.
non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub
The use of a non-scrubbing action, dry-type cleaning
the tape head as the hubs
of the cleaner cassette turn.
The recommended cleaning cassette is available through cassette is not recommended.
your dealership(GM Part No. 12344789).
After you clean the player, press and holdEJECT for
five seconds to resetthe CLEAN indicator. The radio
will display --- to show theindicator was reset.
Cassettes are subject to wear andthe sound quality
may degrade over time. Always make sure
the cassette
tape is in good condition before you
have your tape
player serviced.
Care of Your Compact Discs
Care of Your Compact Disc Player
The use of CD lens cleaner discs is not advised,
due to
the risk of contaminatingthe lens of the CD optics with
lubricants internal to the CD mechanism.
Antenna
Use the knob on the endof the antenna to raise the
antenna. To lower it, hold the antenna mastnear the roof
and feed it into the holder.Do not try to lower the
antenna usingthe knob. Keepthe antenna mast cleanfor
good performance.
Handle discs carefully.Store them in their original cases
or other protective cases and away
from direct sunlight
and dust.If the surfaceof a disc is soiled, dampena
If
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and Always lower the antenna before entering a car wash.
you have the convertible top, also lower
the antenna
clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
before removing or installing the top.
Be sure neverto touch the signal surface when handling
discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
3-17
b
3-18
NOTES
0 Section 4
Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find information about driving on different
lunds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve also
included many other usefultips on driving.
4-2
4-3
4-6
4-6
4- 10
4-12
4- 12
4- 14
4- 15
4-15
4-29
Defensive Driving
Drunken Driving
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
Steering
Off-Road Recovery
Passing
Loss of Control
Driving Guidelines
Off-Road Driving with Your Chevrolet
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle
Driving at Night
4-3 1
4-34
4-35
4-36
4-37
4-37
4-39
4-43
4-46
4-48
Driving in Rain and on
Wet Roads
City Driving
Freeway Driving
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Highway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain Roads
Winter Driving
Recreational Vehicle Towing
Loading Your Vehicle
Towing a Trailer
4-1
Defensive driving really means “be ready
for anything.”
On city streets, rural roadsor freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.’’
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be readyfor their mistakes.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable
of
accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance. It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving.You never
know when the vehicle in frontof you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about driving is:
Drive defensively.
Please start witha very important safety devicein your
the Index.)
Chevrolet: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts” in
4-2
Defensive driving requires thata driver concentrateon
the driving task. Anything that distracts from the
driving task-- such as concentrating ona cellular
telephone call, reading, or reachingfor something on
the floor -- makes proper defensive driving more
difficult and can even cause
a collision, with resulting
injury. Ask a passenger to helpdo things like this,or
pull off the road ina safe place to do them yourself.
These simple defensive driving techniques could save
your life.
The obvious way tosolve this highway safety problem
is for people neverto drink alcohol and then drive. But
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is what if peopledo? How much is “too much”if the
a national tragedy. It’sthe number one contributor to
driver plans todrive? It’s a lot less than many might
the highway death toll, claiming thousands
of victims
think. Although it depends on each person and situation,
every year.
here is some general informationon the problem.
Alcohol affectsfour things that anyone needs to
drive
The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC)of someone
a vehicle:
who is drinking depends uponfour things:
Judgment
0 The amount of alcohol consumed
Drunken Driving
0
MuscularCoordination
0
The drinker’s body weight
0
Vision
0
The amount of food thatis consumed before and
during drinking
Attentiveness.
Police records show that almost half
of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In mostcases,
these deathsare the result of someone who was drinking
and driving. In recent years, over
17,000 annual motor
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with
the use
of alcohol, with more than
300,000 people injured.
Many adults-- by some estimates, nearly half the
adult population-- choose neverto drink alcohol, so
they never drive after
drinking. For persons under21,
it’s againstthe law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasonsfor these laws.
The length of time it has taken the drinker to
consume the alcohol.
According to the American Medical Association,a
180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
(355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with
a
BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce
(120 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixed drinks if each had
1- 112 ounces
(45 ml)of a liquor like whiskey, gin
or vodka.
4-3
a
Since alcoholis carried in body water, this means that
woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than
a
man of her same body weight when eachhas the same
number of drinks.
The law in manyU.S. states sets the legal limit
at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of
U.S. states, and
throughout Canada,the limit is0.08 percent. In some
other countries, it’s even lower.
The BAC limitfor all
commercial drivers in the United States 0.04
is percent.
The BAC will be over
0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour).Of course, as we’ve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol
is in the drinks, and how
quickly the person drinks them.
But the ability to drive is affected well below
a BAC of
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills
of
many people are impaired ata BAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that the effects
are worse at night. All
It’s the amountof alcohol that counts. For example, if
drivers
are
impaired
at
BAC
levels
above0.05 percent.
the same person drank three double martinis
(3 ounces
Statistics show that the chance
of being ina collision
or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the person’s
increases sharplyfor drivers who have a BAC
of
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who
of
consumes foodjust before or during drinking will have a 0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level
0.06
percent
has
doubled
his
or
her
chance
of
having a
somewhat lower BAC level.
collision. At a BAC level
of 0.10 percent, the chance
of
There is a gender difference? too.
Women generally have
this driver having a collision
is 12 times greater; at a
a lower relative percentageof body water than men.
level of 0.15 percent, the chance
is 25 times greater!
4-4
The body takes about an hour to rid itself
of the alcohol
in one drink. No amount of coffee or numberof cold
showers will speed that up. “I’llbe careful” isn’t the
right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a need
to
take sudden action, as when a child
darts into the street?
A person witheven a moderateBAC might notbe able
to react quickly enoughto avoid the collision.
There’s somethingelse about drinking and driving that
many people don’t know. Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person’s systemcan make crash injuries
worse, especially injuriesto the brain, spinal cord or
heart. This means that when anyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger-- is in a crash, that
person’s chanceof being killed or permanently disabled
is higher thanif the person had not been drinking.
Drinking and then drivingis very dangerous.
Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and
judgment canbe affected by evena smallamounl
of alcohol. You can have a serious or even
fatal collision if you drive after drinking.
Please don’tdrink and drive or ride with a drivel
who has been drinking. Ride home aincab; or if
you’re witha group, designate adriver who will
not drink.
9-
-9
4-5
~~
~~~~~~~~~
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle go where
you want it to go. Theyare the brakes, the steering and
the accelerator. All three systems have do
to their work
at the places wherethe tires meet the road.
Braking action involvesperception time and
reaction time.
First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal.
That’s perception time. Then you have to bring up your
foot anddo it. That’sreaction time.
Average reaction timeis about 3/4 of a second. But
that’s only an average.It might be less with one driver
and as longas two or three seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesight all playa part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in
3/4 of a second,a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 kmk)travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could be a lot
of distance in emergency, so
keeping enough space between your vehicle and others
is important.
a
n
,
And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly
with the surfaceof the road (whether it’s pavement or
gravel); the conditionof the road (wet, dry, icy); tire
tread; the conditionof your brakes; the weight of the
vehicle and the amountof brake force applied.
1
Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice, it’s
easy to ask moreof those control systems than the tires
and road can provide. That means you lose
can control
of
your
vehicle.
Avoid needless heavybraking. Some people drive in
Anti-Lock Brakes (Option)
spurts -- heavy acceleration followedby heavy
Your vehicle may have anti-lock brakes (ABS).ABS is
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic.
This is a
an advanced electronic braking system that will help
mistake. Your brakes may not have time to
cool between
hard stops.Your brakes will wear out much faster if you prevent a braking skid.
do a lot of heavy braking.If you keep pace with
the
If your vehicle has anti-lock
traffic and allowrealistic following distances, you will
brakes, this warning light on
eliminate alot of unnecessary braking. That means
the instrument panel will
better braking and longer brake life.
come
on briefly when you
ABS
If your engineever stops while you’re driving, brake
start your vehicle.
normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you
do, the
pedal may get harder to push down. If your
engine
stops, you willstill have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Oncethe power assist is
When you start your engine, or when you begin to drive
used up, it may take longer tostop and the brake pedal
away, your anti-lock brake system will check
itself. You
will be harder to push.
may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while
this testis going on, and you may even notice that your
brake pedal moves or pulseslittle.
a This is normal.
If there’s a problem with the anti-lock brake system,
the
anti-lock brake system warning light will stay on or
flash. See “Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light”
in
the Index.
4-7
The anti-lock system can changethe brake pressure faster
than any driver could. The computer is programmed to
make the most of available tireand road conditions.
. .,.~,., .
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road
is wet.
You’re driving safely. Suddenly an animal
jumps out in
front of you.
ABS.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
A computer senses that wheelsare slowing down.If one
of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakesat each front wheel and at
both rear wheels.
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updateson
wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
4-8
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t changethe time you need
to get yourfoot up to the brake pedalor always decrease
stopping distance.If you get too close to the vehicle in
front of you, you won’t have
time to apply your brakes
if that vehicle suddenlyslows or stops. Alwaysleave
enough room up ahead to stop, even though you have
anti-lock brakes.
Using Anti-Lock
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down
firmly andlet anti-lock workfor you. You may feel a
slight brake pedal pulsation
or notice some noise, but
this is normal.
ABS
ACTIVE
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
this light will comeon. See
“Anti-Lock Brake System
Active Light” in the Index.
Braking in Emergencies
At some time, nearly every driver gets into a situation
that requires hard braking.
If you have anti-lock, you can steer and brake
at the
same time. However,if you don’t have anti-lock, your
first reaction -- to hit the brake pedal hard and holdit
down -- may be the wrong thing todo. Your wheels can
stop rolling.Once they do, the vehicle can’t respond to
your steering. Momentum will carry it in whatever
direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling.
That could beoff the road,into the very thing you were
trying to avoid, or into traffic.
If you don’t have anti-lock, use a “squeeze” braking
technique. Thiswill give you maximum braking while
maintaining steering control.You do this by pushing on
the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure.
In an emergency, you will probably want to squeeze the
brakes hard without locking the wheels.
If you hear or
feel the wheels sliding, ease
off the brake pedal. This
will help you retain steering control. (If you
do have
anti-lock, it’s different: see “Anti-Lock Brakes” in
the Index .)
In many emergencies, steering
can help you more than
even the very best braking.
4-9
Steering
Suppose you’re steering through a sharp curve.
Then you suddenly apply the brakes.Both control
systems -- steering and braking-- have to do their
Power Steering
work where the tires meet the road. Unless you have
If you lose power steering assist because the engine
four-wheel anti-lock brakes, adding the hard braking can
stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but demand too much of those places. You can lose control.
it will take much more effort.
The same thing can happen if you’re steering through a
Steering Tips
sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate. Those two
control systems -- steering and acceleration-- can
Driving on Curves
overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road
and make you lose control.
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
up on the
A lot of the “driverlost control” accidents mentioned on What should you doif this ever happens? Ease
brake or accelerator pedal, steer
the vehicle the way you
the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
want it to go, and slow down.
Experienced driveror beginner, eachof us is subject to
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should
the same lawsof physics when driving on curves.
The
adjust your speed.Of course, the posted speeds are
traction of the tires against the road surface makes
it
possible for the vehicleto change its path when you turn based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
to slower.
the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep favorable conditions you’ll want go
the vehicle going inthe same direction. If you’ve ever
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you’ll understand this. curve, do it before you enter the curve, while your
front
wheels are straight ahead.
The traction you can get ina curve depends on the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at
Try to adjust your speedso you can “drive” through the
which the curveis banked, and your speed. While you’re
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
in a curve, speed is the one factor you can control.
accelerate until you are out
of the curve, and then
accelerate gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can be more effective
than braking. For example, you come over a hill and
find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls
out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between
parked cars and stops right infront of you. You can
avoid these problems by braking-- if you can stop in
time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room.
That’s the time for evasive action -- steering around
the problem.
Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like
these. First apply your brakes
-- but, unless you have
anti-lock, not enough to lock your wheels. (See
“Braking in Emergencies” earlier in this section.) isIt
An emergency like this requires close attention and a
better to remove as much speed
as you can from a
quick decision.If you are holding the steering wheel at
possible collision. Thensteer around the problem, to the
the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
left or right depending onthe space available.
turn it a full180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act
fast, steer quickly, and
just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have
avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations are always
possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at
all times and wear safety belts properly.
Off-Road Recovery
Passing
You may find that your right wheels have dropped
off the
edge of a road onto the shoulder while you’re driving.
The driverof a vehicle about to pass another on a
two-lane highway waitsfor just the right moment,
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes
back into the right lane again.
A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the
passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming
traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an error in
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can
suddenly put the passing driver
face to face with the
worst of all traffic accidents
-- the head-on collision.
T
/
edge of paved surface
If the levelof the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease
off the
accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer
so
that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement.
You
can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarter
turn until the
right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then
turn your
steering wheel togo straight down the roadway.
4-12
So here are some tips for passing:
“Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides and to
crossroads for situations that might
&kt your passing
patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
making a successful pass, wait fora better time.
Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines.
If you can seea sign up ahead that might indicatea
turn or an intersection, delay your pass.A broken
center line usually indicates it’s
all right to pass
(providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross a solid
line on your sideof the lane or a double solid line,
even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic.
0
Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to
pass while you’re awaitingan opportunity. For one
thing, followingtoo closely reduces your area
of
vision, especially if you’re following a larger
vehicle. Also, you won’t have adequate spacetheif
vehicle ahead suddenly slows or
stops. Keep back a
reasonable distance.
When it looks like a chance to passis coming up,
start to accelerate but stay
in the right lane and don’t
get too close. Time your moveso you will be
increasing speedas the time comes to move
into the
other lane.If the way is clear to pass,you will have a
“running start” that more than makes for
up the
distance you wouldlose by dropping back. And if
something happens tocause you to cancel your pass,
you need only slow down and
drop back again and
wait for another opportunity.
If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn. But takecare that someone isn’t trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember to glance over your shoulder and
check
the blind spot.
Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder and
start your left lane change signal before moving out
of the right lane to pass. When you far
areenough
ahead of the passed vehicle tosee its front in your
inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
your right outside mirror is convex.
The vehicle you
just passed may seem tobe farther away from you
than it really is.)
0
Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time
on two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing
the
next vehicle.
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Even though the brake lamps are not
flashing, it may
be slowing down or starting to turn.
0
If you’re being passed, makeit easy for the
following driverto get ahead of you. Perhaps you
can ease a little to the right.
4-13
Loss of Control
vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready
for a
second skidif it occurs.
Let’s review what driving experts say about what
ice,
happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow,
and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the gravel or other material is onthe road. For safety, you’ll
want to slow down and adjust your driving to these
tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
conditions. Itis important to slow down on slippery
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to steer and surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
constantly seek an escape route or area
of less danger.
vehicle control more limited.
Skidding
While drivingon a surface with reduced traction, try
your best to avoid sudden steering, accelerationor
In a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle.
braking (including engine braking by shifting
to a lower
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to
care suited to existing conditions, and by not “overdriving” slide. You may not realize the surface is slippery until
those conditions. But skids are always possible.
your vehicle is skidding. Learnto recognize warning
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s
clues -- such as enough water,ice or packed snow on
the road to make a “mirrored surface”-- and slow
three control systems.In the braking skid, your wheels
down when you have any doubt.
aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too
much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and If you have the anti-lock braking system, remember:
It
lose cornering force. Andin the acceleration skid,too
helps avoid only the braking
skid. If you do not have
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
anti-lock, then in a braking skid (where the wheels are
A cornering skid and
no longer rolling), release enough pressure on the brakes
an acceleration skid are best
to get the wheels rolling again. This restores steering
handled by easing yourfoot off the accelerator pedal.
control. Push the brake pedal down steadily when you
If your vehicle starts to slide, ease your foot off the
have
to stop suddenly.As long as the wheelsare rolling,
accelerator pedaland quickly steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your you will have steering control.
Driving Guidelines
Off-Road Driving with Your
Chevrolet Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle
This multipurpose passenger vehicle is defined as a utility
vehicle in Consumer Information Regulations issued by
This off-road guide isfor vehicles that have
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
four-wheel drive.
(NHTSA) of the United States Department of
Also, see “Anti-Lock Brakes”in the Index.
Transportation. Utility vehicles have higher ground
clearance and a narrower track to make them capable
of
If your vehicle doesn’t have four-wheel drive, you
performing in a wide varietyof off-road applications.
shouldn’t drive off-road unless you’re ona level,
Specific design characteristicsgive them a higher center
of
solid surface.
gravity than ordinary cars.An advantage of the higher
it does
ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you Off-road driving can be great fun. But
have some definite hazards.The greatest of these is the
to anticipate problems. They are not designed for
terrain
itself.
cornering at the same speeds as conventional
two-wheel-drive vehicles any more than low-slung sports
“Off-roading” means you’ve left the great North
cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road American road system behind. Traffic lanes aren’t
conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharpturns or abrupt
marked. Curves aren’t banked. There areno road signs.
this type,failure to
maneuvers. As with other vehicles of
Surfaces can be slippery, rough, uphill or downhill. In
operate this vehicle correctly may resultin loss of control
short, you’vegone right back to nature.
or vehicle rollover.
Off-road driving involves somenew skills. And that’s
why it’s very important that you read this guide. You’ll
find many driving tips and suggestions. These will help
make your off-road driving safer and more enjoyable.
Before You Go Off-Roading
There are some things
to do before you goout. For
example, be sure to have all necessary maintenance and
service work done. Check to make sure all underbody
shields (if so equipped) are properly attached. Be sure
you read all the information about your
four-wheel-drive vehicle in this manual.Is there enough
fuel? Is the spare tire fully inflated? Are the fluid levels
up where they should be? What are the local laws that
apply to off-roading where you’ll be driving?
If you
don’t know, you should check with law enforcement
people in the area. Will you be on someone’s private
land? If so, be sure to get the necessary permission.
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
There are some important things to remember about
how to load your vehicle.
The heaviest things should beon the load floor and
forward of your rear axle. Put heavier items asfar
forward as you can.
Be sure the loadis secured properly, so driving on
the off-road terrain doesn’ttoss things around.
Cargo on the loadfloor piled higher than
the seatbacks can be thrown forward
during a suddenstop. You or your
passengers could be injured. Keep cargo
below the topof the seatbacks.
Unsecured cargo onthe load floor can be
tossed about when driving over rough
terrain. You or your passengers canbe
struck by flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly.
Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle’s
center of gravity, making it more likely to
roll over. You can be seriouslyor fatally
injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy
loads inside the cargo
area, not on theroof.
Keep cargoin the cargo areaas far forward
and low as possible.
You’ll find other important information in this manual.
See “Vehicle Loading,” “Luggage Carrier” and “Tires”
in the Index.
Environmental Concerns
Traveling to Remote Areas
Off-road driving can provide wholesome and satisfying
recreation. However, it also raises environmental
concerns. Chevrolet recognizes these concerns and urges
every off-roaderto follow these basic rules
for
protecting the environment:
It makes sense to plan yourtrip, especially when going
to a remote area. Know the terrain and plan your route.
You are much less likely to get bad surprises. Get
accurate mapsof trails and terrain.Try to learnof any
blocked or closed roads.
0
Always use establishedtrails, roads and areas that
have been speciallyset aside for public off-road
recreational driving; obey all posted regulations.
It’s also a goodidea to travel with atleast one other
vehicle. If something happens toone of them, the other
can help quickly.
0
Avoid any driving practice that could damage the
environment -- shrubs, flowers, trees, grasses-- or
disturb wildlife (this includes wheel-spinning,
breaking down trees or unnecessary driving through
streams or over soft ground).
Does your vehicle have a winch?
If so, be sure to read
the winch instructions. Ina remote area, a winchcan be
handy if you get stuck. But you’ll want to know how to
use it properly.
0
Always carry alitter bag . . . make sure all refuseis
removed from any campsite before leaving.
Take extreme care with open fires (where permitted),
camp stoves and lanterns.
Never park your vehicleover dry grassor other
combustible materials that could catch
fire from the
heat of the vehicle’s exhaust system.
Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving
It’s a goodidea to practicein an area that’s safe and
close to home before you go into
the wilderness.
Off-road driving does require some new and different
driving skills. Here’s what we mean.
Tune your senses to different kinds
of signals. Your
eyes, for example, need to constantly sweep
the terrain
for unexpected obstacles.Your ears need to listenfor
unusual tireor engine sounds. With yourarms, hands,
feet and body, you’ll need to respond to vibrations and
vehicle bounce.
4-17
Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful
Scanning the Terrain
off-road driving. Oneof the best ways to control your
kinds of
vehicle is to control your speed. Here are some things to Off-road driving can take you over many different
terrain. You need to be familiar with the terrain andits
keep in mind. At higher speeds:
many different features. Here are some things to consider.
you approach things faster and you have less time to
Surfiace Conditions. Off-roading can take you over
scan the terrainfor obstacles.
hard-packed dirt, gravel, rocks, grass, sand, mud, snow or
0 you have less time to react.
ice. Each of these surfaces affects the steering, acceleration
and braking ofyour vehicle in different ways. Depending
you have more vehicle bounce when you drive
upon the kind of surface you are
on, you may experience
over obstacles.
slipping, sliding, wheel spinning, delayed acceleration,
you’ll need more distance for braking, especially
poor traction and longer braking distances.
since you’re on an unpaved surface.
Surface Obstacles.Unseen or hidden obstacles canbe
hazardous. A rock, log, hole, rut or bump can startle youif
you’re not prepared for them. Often these obstacles are
hidden by grass, bushes, snow or even the rise and fallof
the terrain itself. Here are some thingsto consider:
When you’re driving off-road, bouncing and
Is the path ahead clear?
quick changes in direction can easily throw you
to lose
Will the surfacetexturechangeabruptlyupahead?
out of position.Thiscouldcauseyou
controlandcrash. So, whetheryou’redrivingon
Doesthetraveltake you uphillordownhill?(There’s
orofftheroad,youandyourpassengersshould
morediscussion of thesesubjectslater.)
wear safety belts.
Will you have to stop suddenly or change
1
direction quickly?
4-18
When you drive over obstacles or rough terrain, keep a
firm grip on the steering wheel. Ruts, troughs or other
surface features canjerk the wheel out of your handsif
you’re not prepared.
When you drive over bumps, rocks,or other obstacles,
your wheelscan leave the ground.If this happens, even
with one or two wheels, you
can’t control the vehicleas
well or atall.
Because you willbe on an unpaved surface, it’s
especially important to avoid sudden acceleration,
sudden turns or sudden braking.
In a way, off-road driving requires a different kind
of
alertness from driving on paved roads and highways.
There are no road signs, posted speed
limits or signal
lights. You have to use your own good
judgment about
what is safe and what isn’t.
Driving on Off-Road Hills
Off-road driving often takes you up, down
or across a
hill. Driving safelyon hills requires goodjudgment and
an understandingof what your vehiclecan and can’t do.
There are some hills that simply can’t
be driven, no
matter how well built the vehicle.
Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle.
If
you drive up them, you will stall. If you drive
down them, you can’t control your speed. If you
drive across them, you will roll over.
You could be
seriously injured or killed. If you have any doubt
about the steepness, don’t drive the hill.
Drinking and driving can be very dangerous on any
road. And this is certainly truefor off-road driving. At
the very time you need special alertness and driving
skills, your reflexes, perceptions and
judgment can be
affected by even a small amountof alcohol. You could
have a serious -- or even fatal -- accident if you drink
and driveor ride with a driver who has been drinking.
See “Drunken Driving”in the Index.
4-19
Approaching a Hill
Is the hill simplytoo rough? Steep hills often have
ruts, gullies,troughs and exposed rocks becausethey
are more susceptible to the effects
of erosion.
When you approach a hill, you need
to decide if it’s one
of those hills that’sjust too steepto climb, descend or
cross. Steepness can be hard
to judge. On a very small
Driving Uphill
hill, for example, there may be a smooth, constant
incline with only a small change in elevation where you Once you decide you can safely drive up the hill, you
need to take some special steps.
can easily see allthe way to the top.On a large hill, the
incline may get steeper as you near the top, but you may
Use a low gear and get fam grip on the steering wheel.
not see this because the crest
of the hillis hidden by
Get a smooth start up the hill and try to maintain your
bushes, grass or shrubs.
speed. Don’t use more power than you need, because
Here are some other things to consider
as you approach
you don’t want your wheels tostart spinning or sliding.
a hill.
Try to drive straight upthe hill if at all possible.If
Is there a constant incline, or does the hill get sharply
the path twists and turns, you might want to find
steeper in places?
another route.
Is there good traction on the hillside, or will the
surface cause tire slipping?
Is there a straight path up or down the hill
so you
won’t have to make turning maneuvers?
Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your
path (boulders, trees, logs or
ruts)?
What’s beyond the hill? Is there a cliff, an
embankment, a drop-off, a fence? Get out and walk the
hill if you don’t know. It’s the smart way to find out.
4-20
I
A CAUTION:
lhrning or driving across steep hills can be
dangerous. You could lose traction, slide
sideways, and possibly roll over.
You could be
seriously injured or killed. When driving up hills,
always try to go straight
up.
As you are backing down the hill, put your left hand
on the steering wheel at the12 o’clock position. This
way, you’ll be able to tell if your wheels are straight
and maneuver as you back down. It’s best that you
back down the hill with your wheels straight rather
than in the leftor right direction. Turning the wheel
too far to the left
or right will increase the possibility
of a rollover.
Here are some things youmust nut do if youstall, or are
about to stall, when going up a hill.
Never attempt to prevent a stallby shifting into
NEUTRAL (N) (or depressing the clutch, if you
have a manual transmission) to “rev-up”
the engine
and regain forward momentum.This won’t work.
Your vehicle will roll backwards very quickly and
you could go outof control.
Instead, apply the regular brake to stop the vehicle. Then
apply the parking brake.Shift to REVERSE (R), release
the parking brake, and slowly back straight down.
4-22
Never attempt to turn around if you are about to stall
when going up a hill. If the hill
is steep enough to
stall your vehicle, it’s steep enough to cause you to
roll over if you turn around.
If you can’t makeit up
the hill,you must back straight down the hill.
Suppose, after stalling,I try to back down
the hill and decideI just can’t do it. What
should I do?
A:
Set the parking brake, put your transmission in
PARK (P) (or the manual transmission in
FIRST (1)) and turn off the engine. Leave the
vehicle and go get some help. Exit on the uphill
side and stay clear
of the path the vehicle would
take if it rolled downhill. Do not shift the transfer
case to NEUTRAL,(N) when you leave the vehicle.
Leave it in some gear.
A CAUTION:
I
Shifting the transfercase to NEUTRAL(N) can
cause yourvehicle to roll even if the transmission
is in PARK (P) (or, if you have the manual
transmission, even if you’re in gear). Thisis
because the NEUTRAL (N) position on the
transfer case overrides the transmission.
You or
someone else could be injured.If you are going to
leave your vehicle, set the parking brake and
shift the transmission to
PARK (P) (or, put your
(1)). But do not
manual transmission in FIRST
shift the transfercase to the NEUTRAL(N)
position. Leave the transfer case in the
2H, 4H or
4L position.
Driving Downhill
When off-roading takes you downhill, you’ll want to
consider a numberof things:
0
0
What’s the surface like? Smooth? Rough? Slippery?
Hard-packed dirt? Gravel?
0
Are there hidden surface obstacles? Ruts?
Logs? Boulders?
0
Is there a hidden
What’s at the bottom of the hill?
creek bankor even a river bottom with large rocks?
If you decide you cango down a hill safely, then try to
keep your vehicle headed straight down, and use a low
gear. This way, engine drag can help your brakes and
they won’t have todo all the work. Descend slowly,
keeping your vehicle under controlat all times.
Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause
your brakes to overheat and
fade. This could
cause loss of control anda serious accident.
Apply the brakeslightly when descending a
hill and use a low gear to keepvehicle speed
under control.
How steep is the downhill? Will I be able to maintain
vehicle control?
4-23
@
A:
Are there some things I should not do when
driving down a hill?
A:
Yes! These are important becauseif you ignore
them you could lose control and have a
serious accident.
0
When driving downhill, avoid turns that take
you
across the inclineof the hill. A hill that’s not too
steep to drive down may be too steep to drive across.
You could roll over if you don’t drive straight down.
0
Never go downhill with the transmission in
NEUTRAL (N), or with the clutch pedal depressed
in a manual shift.This is called “free-wheeling.”
Your brakes will have todo all the work and could
overheat and fade.
0
&.’ Am I likely to stall when going downhill?
Unless you have anti-lock: Avoid braking
so hard
that you lock the wheels when going downhill. If
your wheels are locked, you
can’t steer your vehicle.
If your wheels lock up during downhill braking, you
may feel the vehicle starting to slide sideways.To
regain your direction,just ease off the brakes and
steer to keep the front
of the vehicle pointing
straight downhill.
4-24
It’s much more likely to happen going uphill.But if
it happens going downhill, here’s what to do.
Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes.
Apply the parking brake.
Shift to PARK (P) (or to NEUTRAL (N) with the
manual transmission) and, while still braking, restart
the engine.
0
Shift back to a low gear, release the parking brake,
and drive straight down.
If the engine won’t start, get out and gethelp,
Driving Across an Incline
Sooner or later, an off-road trail will probably&crW$
go
the incline of a hill.If this happens, you have to decide
whether to try to drive across theincline. Here are some
things to consider:
0
0
A hill that can be driven straightup or down may be
too steep to drive across. When you go straight or
up
down a hill, thelength of the wheel base (the
distance fromthe front wheels to the rear wheels)
reduces the likelihood the vehicle will tumble end
over end.But when you drive across an incline, the
much more narrow track width(the distance between
the left and right wheels) may not prevent the vehicle
from tilting and rolling over. Also, driving across
an
incline puts more weighton the downhill wheels.
This could cause a downhillslide or a rollover.
Surface conditions can be a problem when you drive
across a hill. Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet
grass can cause your tires to
slip sideways, downhill.
If the vehicle slips sideways,
it can hit something
that will tripit (a rock, arut, etc.) and roll over.
Hidden obstacles can make the steepnessof the
incline even worse. If you drive across a rock with
the uphill wheels, or
if the downhill wheels drop
into
a rutor depression, your vehicle can tilt even more.
For reasonslike these, you need to decide carefully
whether to try to drive across an incline.
Just because
the trail goes across theincline doesn’t mean you
have to driveit. The last vehicle to tryit might have
rolled over.
A CAUTION:
Driving across an incline that’s too steep will
make your vehicle roll over. You could be
seriously injured or killed.If you have any doubt
about the steepnessof the incline, don’t drive
across it. Find another route instead.
4-25
~
.
~
e.?
What if I’m driving acrossan incline that’s not
too steep, but I hit someloose gravel and start to
slide downhill. What should I do?
A:
If you feel your vehicle starting to slide sideways,
turn downhill. This should help straighten out the
vehicle and prevent the side slipping. However, a
get out and
much betterway to prevent this is to
“walk the course” so you know what the surfaceis
like before you drive it,
Stalling on an Incline
If your vehicle stalls when you’re crossing an incline,
be
sure you (and your passengers) get outthe
onuphill
side, evenif the door thereis harder to open.If you get
out on the downhill side andthe vehicle starts to roll
over, you’ll be rightin its path.
If you have to walk down the slope, stay
out of the path
the vehicle will take if
it does roll over.
’A
CAUTION:
Getting out on the downhill
(low) side of a vehicle
stopped acrossan incline is dangerous. If the
vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed.
Always get out on the uphill (high) side
of the
vehicle and staywell clear of the rollover path.
4-26
Driving inMud, Sand, Snow orIce
When you drive in mud, snow or sand, your wheels
won’t get good traction.You can’t accelerate as
quickly, turning is more difficult, and you’ll need
longer braking distances.
Hard packed snow and ice offer
the worst tire traction.
On these surfaces, it’s very easy to
lose control. On wet
ice, for example, the traction isso poor that you will
have difficulty accelerating. And if you
do get moving,
you to slide
poor steering and difficult braking can cause
out of control.
It’s best to use a low gear when you’re in mud
-- the
deeper the mud,the lower the gear. In really deep mud,
the idea is to keep your vehicle movingso you don’t
get stuck.
When you driveon sand, you’llsense a change in wheel
traction. Butit will depend upon how loosely packed the
sand is. On loosely packed sand (ason beaches or sand
dunes) your tires will tend to sink into
the sand. This has
an effect on steering, accelerating and braking.
You may
want to reducethe air pressure in your tires slightly
when driving on sand.This will improve traction.
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds or rivers can be
dangerous. Underwater springs, currents under
the ice, or sudden thaws can weaken the ice. Your
vehicle could fall through the ice and you and
your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle
on safe surfaces only.
4-27
Driving in Water
Light rain causes no special off-road driving problems.
But heavy rain can mean flash flooding, and flood
waters demand extreme caution.
Find out how deep the water
is before you drive through
it. If it’s deep enough to cover your wheel hubs, axles or
exhaust pipe, don’t try
it -- you probably won’t get
through. Also, waterthat deep can damage your axle
and other vehicle parts.
A CAUTION:
Driving through rushing water can
be dangerous.
Deep water cansweep your vehicle downstream
If it’s
and you and your passengers could drown.
only shallow water, it can stillwash away the
ground from under your tires, and
you could lose
traction and roll the
vehicle over. Don’t drive
through rushingwater.
If the water isn’t too deep, then drive through
it slowly.
At fast speeds, water splashes on your ignition system
and your vehicle can stall. Stalling can also occur if you
See “Driving Through Water” in the Index
for more
get your tailpipe under water. And, as long as your
information on driving through water,
tailpipe is under water, you’ll never be able
to start your
engine. When yougo through water, remember that
when your brakes get wet, it may take you longer
to stop.
4-28
After Off-Road Driving
Driving at Night
Remove any brushor debris that has collected on the
underbody, chassis or under the hood. These
accumulations can be afire hazard.
After operation in mud or sand, have the brake linings
cleaned and checked. These substances can cause
glazing and uneven braking. Check the body structure,
steering, suspension, wheels, tires and exhaust system
for damage. Also, checkthe fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
L
..
Your vehicle will require more frequent service
due to
off-road use. Referto the Maintenance Schedule for
additional information.
Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. One
reason is that some driversare likelyto be impaired -- by
alcohol or drugs, with night vision problems,or by fatigue.
4-29
Here are some tips on night driving.
Drivedefensively.
Don’t drink and drive.
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reducethe
glare from headlamps behind you.
Since you can’t see as well, you
may need to
slow down and keep more space between you and
other vehicles.
Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can lightup only so much road ahead.
In remote areas, watch for animals.
If you’re tired, pull offthe road in a safe place
and rest.
Night Vision
No one can see as well
at night as inthe daytime. Butas
we get older these differences increase.
A 50-year-old
driver may requireat least twice as much light
to see the
same thingat night as a 20-year-old.
What youdo in the daytime canalso affect your night
vision. For example,if you spend the day in bright
sunshine you are wiseto wear sunglasses.Your eyes will
have less trouble adjusting to night. But
if you’re
4-30
driving, don’t wear sunglasses
at night. Theymay cut
down on glare from headlamps, but they
also make alot
of things invisible.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
headlamps. It can take a second or two, or even several
seconds, for your eyesto readjust to the dark. When you
are faced with severe
glare (as from a driver who
doesn’t lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare
at night is made much
worse bydirt on the glass. Even the inside
of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash more
than clean glass would,
making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.
Remember that your headlamps light up
far less of a
roadway when youare in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving; that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly
lighted objects. Justas your headlamps shouldbe
checked regularlyfor proper aim,so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
blindness -- the inabilityto see in dim light-- and
aren’t even awareof it.
Driving in Rain and on
Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On
a wet
road, you can’t stop, accelerate or turn
as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on dry roads.
And, if your tires don’t have much tread
left, you’ll get
even less traction. It’s always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts tofall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder isitto see. Even if your
windshield wiper blades are in good shape,
a heavy rain
can make it harder tosee road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge
of the road and even
people walking.
It’s wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape
and keep your windshield washer tank filled with
washer fluid. Replace your windshield wiper inserts
when they showsigns of streaking or missing areas on
the windshield, or when strips of rubber
start to separate
from the inserts.
4-31
lb
CAC 'ION:
-
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won't work
as well in a quickstop and may cause pulling to
one side.You could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle
of water or
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
Driving too fast through large water puddles or even
going through somecar washes can cause problems,too.
The water may affectyour brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
But if you can't, try to slow down beforeyou hit them.
4-32
Hydroplaning
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water.
NOTICE:
This can happen if the roadwet
is enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
it has little or no contact withthe road.
standing water, water can come in through your
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But
it can if your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
tires do not have much tread orif the pressure in oneor
engine. Never drive through water that
is slightly
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
of your vehicle.If you
lower than the underbody
the road.If you can see reflections from trees, telephone
can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water, drive
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple”
the
through them very slowly.
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn’t a hard andfast rule about hydroplaning.The
best advice is to slow down when
it is raining.
Some Other Rainy WeatherTips
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
0
Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See
“Tires” inthe Index.)
4-33
3ty Driving
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
Know the best way to get to where you are
going. Get a city map and plan your trip into
an
unknown part of thecity just as you would for a
cross-country trip.
Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
Treat a green light as a warning signal.A traffic
light is there because the corneris busy enough to
need it. When a light turns green, and
just before you
start to move, check both ways
for vehicles that have
not clearedthe intersection or may be running the
red light.
One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
to watch out for
amount of traffic on them. You’ll want
what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to
traffic signals.
4-34
Freeway Driving
At the entrance, there is usually
a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you havea clear view of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine where you
expect to
blend with the flow.Try to merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly -with the traffic flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay
in the rightlane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Just before you leavethe lane, glance quickly over your
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle in your
“blind” spot.
Mile for mile, freeways(also called thruways, parkways,
expressways, turnpikesor superhighways) are the safest
of all roads. But they have their own special rules.
The most important advice on freeway driving
is: Keep
up with traffic and keep to
the right. Drive at the same
speed most of the otherdrivers are driving. Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the
left lane on a freeway as a passing lane.
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move
slightly slowerat night.
When you want to leavethe freeway, move to the proper
lane well in advance.If you miss yourexit, do not,
under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on to
the next exit.
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
The exit speedis usually posted.
Here are some things you can check before a trip:
Windshield Washer Fluid:Is the reservoirfull? Are
all windows clean inside and outside?
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
to your senseof motion. After drivingfor any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going
slower thanyou actually are.
Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?
Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checked
all levels?
Before Leaving on a LongTrip
Make sure you’re ready.Try to be well rested. If you
0
must start when you’re not fresh
-- such as after a day’s 0
work -- don’t plan to make too many miles that first part
of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you
can easily drive in.
Is your vehicle readyfor a long trip?If you keepit
serviced and maintained, it’s ready
to go. If it needs
service, have it done before starting out.
Of course,
you’ll find experienced and able service experts
in
Chevrolet dealerships all across
North America. They’ll
be ready and willingto help if you needit.
4-36
Lamps: Are they all working? Arethe lenses clean?
Tires: They are vitally important toa safe,
trouble-free trip.Is the tread good enough
for
long-distance driving? Arethe tires all inflated to the
recommended pressure?
0
Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook
along your route? Should you delay your trip a short
time to avoid a major
storm system?
0
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
Highway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain Roads
Is there actually such a condition as “highway hypnosis”?
Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel? Call it
highway hypnosis, lack of awareness, or whatever.
There is something aboutan easy stretchof road with
the same scenery, along withthe hum of the tires on the
road, the drone of the engine, and the rush
of the wind
against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don’tit let
happen toyou! If it does, your vehicle can
leave the
road in less than a second, and you could crash and
be injured.
What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, be
aware thatit can happen.
Then hereare some tips:
0
0
0
Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with
a
comfortably cool interior.
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead
and to the sides. Check your mirrors and your
instruments frequently.
Driving on steep hills or mountains is differentfrom
driving inflat or rolling terrain.
If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest,
service
or parking area and take a nap, get some
exercise, or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness on
the highway as
an emergency.
4-37
If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re
planning to visit there, hereare some tips that can
make your trips safer and more enjoyable. (See
“Off-Road Driving” in the Index
for information
about driving off-road.)
Coasting downhillin NEUTRAL (N) or with
the ignitionoff is dangerous. Your brakes will
have to do all the work
of slowing down. They
could get so hot that they wouldn’t work well.
You would then havepoor braking or even none
going down a hill. You could crash.Always have
your enginerunning and yourvehicle in gear
when you go downhill.
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system and
transmission. These parts can work hard on
mountain roads.
0
Know how to go down hills. The most important
of the
thing to know is this:let your engine do some
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go
down a steep or long hill.
L
Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down
to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transmission, and you can climb the
hill better.
If you don’t shift down, yourbrakes could
get so hot thatthey wouldn’t workwell. You
would then have poorbraking oreven none going
down a hill. You could crash. Shiftdown to let
your engine assist your
brakes on a steep
downhill slope.
4-38
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hills or mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut
across the centerof the road. Drive at speeds that let
you stay in your own lane.
0
As you go over the top ofa hill,be alert. There could be
something in your lane, likea stalled caror an accident.
You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examplesare long grades, passingor
no-passing zones,a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Include anice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washerfluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth and
reflective warning triangles. And,if you willbe driving
of sand, a
under severe conditions, include a small bag
piece of old carpet ora couple of burlap bags to help
provide traction.Be sure you properly secure these
items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the
road probably have good traction.
However, if thereis snow or ice between your tires and
the road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll
have a lotless traction or “grip” and will need
to be
very careful.
Here are some tipsfor winter driving:
Have your vehicle in good shape for winter.
0
You may want to put winter emergency supplies in
your vehicle.
4-39
Whatever the condition-- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow -- drive with caution.
Accelerate gently. Try not to break the fragile traction.
If
you accelerate too fast, the drive wheels will spin and
polish the surface under the tires even more.
.
/-.
,
,
,
...,.,
.iil.>,“.:
.
.... .,;,
,
.
.._. ...,..._”
,..,,...,....,
.. j..
.- .,,,
.. .... ........
..
What’s the worst timefor this? “Wet ice.” Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard
to drive on.But wet
ice can be even more trouble because
it may offer the
least tractionof all. You can get wet ice when it’s about
freezing (32°F; O O C ) and freezing rain begins to fall.
Try to avoid driving on wetice until salt and sand crews
can get there.
4-40
Unless you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to brake very gently, too. (If you do have anti-lock,
see “Anti-Lock‘’ in the Index. This system improves
your vehicle’s stability when you makea hard stop on a
slippery road.) Whether you have the anti-lock braking
system or not, you’ll want to begin stopping sooner than
you would on dry pavement. Without anti-lock brakes,
if you feel your vehicle beginto slide, let up onthe
brakes a little. Push the brake pedal down steadily to get
the most traction you can.
Remember, unless you have anti-lock, if you brake
so
hard that your wheelsstop rolling, you’lljust slide.
Brake so your wheels alwayskeep rolling and you can
still steer.
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
Whatever your braking system, allow greater
following distance on any slippery road.
0
Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
until youhit a spot that’s covered with
ice. On an
otherwise clear road,ice patches may appear in
shaded areas wherethe sun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
Sometimes the surface of a curve oran overpass may
remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.If
you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it.Try not to brake while you’re actually on
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in a
serious situation.You should probably stay with your
vehicle unless you know
for sure that you are near help
and you can hike throughthe snow. Hereare some
things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
0
Turn on your hazard flashers.
4-41
Tie a red cloth to your vehicle
to alert police that
you’ve been stopped by the snow.
Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
If you have no blanketsor extra clothing, makebody
insulators from newspapers, burlap
bags, rags, floor
mats -- anything you can wrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothingto keep warm.
You can run the engineto keep warm, but be careful.
4-42
I
’ A Cb
I
JTION:
Snow can trap exhaust gases under yourvehicle.
This can cause deadly
CO (carbon monoxide) gas
to get inside. CO could overcome you and kill
you. You can’t see it or smell it, so you might not
know it is in yourvehicle. Clear away snow from
around thebase of your vehicle, especially any
that is blocking your exhaustpipe. And check
around again fromtime to time tobe sure snow
doesn’t collect there.
of the
Open a window just a little on the side
vehicle that’s away from thewind. This will help
keep CO out.
Run your engine only as longas you must.This saves
fuel. When you run theengine, make it go a little faster
than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly. This
uses less fuel for the heat that youget and it keeps the
battery charged.You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the vehicle, and possiblyfor signaling later on
with your headlamps.Let the heater runfor a while.
Towing Your Vehicle from the Rear
hl
Then, shut theengine off and close the window almost
all theway to preservethe heat. Startthe engine again
and repeat this only when you
feel really uncomfortable
from the cold. But doit as little as possible. Preserve the
fuel as long as you can. To help keep warm, youcan get
out of the vehicle and do some
fairly vigorous exercises
every half hour orso until help comes.
Recreational Vehicln Towing
There may be times when you want to tow your vehicle The best way to tow your vehicleis from the rear.
Follow these steps:
behind another vehiclefor use at your destination. Be
sure to use the proper towing equipment designed
for
1. Put the rear wheels on a dolly.
recreational towing. Followthe instructions for the
towing equipment.
4-43
NOTICE:
Towil- - Your Vehicle from the Front
I
Do not tow your vehicle with therear wheels in
contact with the ground,or the transmission
could be damaged.
2. Set the parking brake.
3. If your vehicle is a four-wheel-drive vehicle, set
your manual free-wheeling hubs toFREE or unlock
your automatic freewheeling hubs. See “Four- Wheel
Drive” in the Index.
4. Turn the ignition key toACC to unlock the
steering wheel.
NOTICE:
NOTICE:
Make sure that the
towing speeddoes not exceed
55 mph (90 km/h), or your vehicle could be
badly damaged.
If your vehicle has automaticfreewheeling hubs
or two-wheel drive, do nottow it on all four
wheels. If you do, your transmission could
be damaged.
4-44
If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle with manual
freewheeling hubs,it can be towedfrom the front with
all four wheels on the ground. Follow these steps:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition key toACC to unlockthe
steering wheel.
3. Shift your automatic transmissioninto PARK (P), or
your manual transmission to SECOND
(2).
4. Shift the transfer case toNEUTRAL (N).
5 . Set the hubs to FREE. See “Four-wheel Drive” in
the Index.
6. Release the parking brake.
Stop towing every200 miles (300 km)and start
the engine. Leavethe transfer case shift lever in
NEUTRAL (N). Shift your automatic transmission
to DRIVE (D); leave a manual transmissionin
SECOND (2) with the clutch engaged. Runthe engine at
medium speed for one minute to circulateoil in the
transfer case.Turn the ignition key to ACC. Now,
you
can continue towing your vehicle.
NOTICE:
The front wheels transmit shocks during towing.
The steering column may not be strong enough to
withstand the shocks. Always unlock the steering
wheel before towing.
I NOTICE:
Make sure that the towing speed does not exceed
50 mph (80 km/h), oryour vehicle could be
badly damaged.
4-45
Loading Your Vehicle
I
MFD BY CAM1 AUTOMOTIVE
DATE
GAWR
GVWR
FRT
CANADA
GAWR RR
TIRES
RIMS
The other label is the Certification label,
also found on the
Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it driver's door lock pillar. It tells you the
gross weight
may properly carry.The Tire-Loading Information label
capacity of your vehicle, called the
Gross Vehicle Weight
found on the driver's door lock pillar tells you the
Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the
proper size, speed rating and recommended inflation
vehicle, all occupants,fuel and cargo. Never exceed the
pressures for the tires on your vehicle. It also gives you GVWR for your vehicle, or the Gross Axle Weight Rating
important information about the number of people that (GAWR) for either the front or rear axle.
can be in your vehicle and the total weight that you can
carry. This weightis called the Vehicle Capacity Weight And, if you do have a heavy load, you should spread it
out. Don't carry more than
400 lbs. (18 1 kg) in your rear
and includes the weightof all occupants, cargo and all
area when four people are
in your two-wheel-drive
nonfactory-installed options.
vehicle. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle,don't
carry more than200 lbs. (9 1 kg) in your rear area when
four people are in your vehicle.
I
/!\ CAUTION:
Do not load yourvehicle any heavier than the
GVWR, or either the maximum front
or rear
GAWR. If you do, parts on yourvehicle can
break, orit can change theway your vehicle
handles. These could causeyou to lose control.
Also, overloading can shorten the
life of
your vehicle.
NOTICE:
Your warranty does not coverparts or
components that fail because of overloading.
If you put things inside your vehicle
-- like suitcases,
tools, packagesor anything else -- they will go as fast as
the vehicle goes.If you haveto stop or turn quickly, or
if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
’ A CAUTION:
I
Things you put inside yourvehicle can strike
and injurepeople in a sudden stopor turn, or in
a crash.
Put things in the cargo areaof your vehicle.
Try to spread theweight evenly.
Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside thevehicle so that someof them are
above the topsof the seats.
Don’t leave an unsecured child restraint in
your vehicle.
When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it wheneveryou can.
Don’t leave a seat folded down unless you
need to.
There’s also important loading informationfor off-road
driving in this manual. See “Loading
Your Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving” in the Index.
Towing a Trailer
If you don’t use the correct equipment and drive
properly, you can lose control when you pull a
trailer. For example, if the traileris too heavy, the
brakes may not workwell or even at all. You
and your passengers could be
seriously injured.
Pull atrailer only if you have followed all the
steps in thissection. Ask your dealer foradvice
and information about towing atrailer with
your vehicle.
--
NOTICE:
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and result in
costly repairs not coveredby
your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow
the advicein this part, and
see your dealer for
important information abouttowing a trailer
with your vehicle.
4-48
Your vehicle can tow a trailer.
To identify what the
vehicle trailering capacityis for your vehicle,you
should read the information in “Weight
of the Trailer’,
that appears later in this section. But trailering
is
different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling, durability and
fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering takes correct
equipment, and it has to be used properly.
That’s the reason for this section. it
Inare many
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your safety and that
of
your passengers. So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components sucnas me engine,
transmission, wheel assemblies and tires
are forced to
of the added weight.The
work harder against the drag
engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds
and under greater loads, generating extra heat. What’s
more, the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance,
increasing the pulling requirements.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are some important points:
0 There are many different laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure
your rig will belegal, not only where youlive but
also where you’ll be driving.A good sourcefor this
information can bestate or provincial police.
0 Consider using a sway control.
You can ask a hitch
dealer about sway controls.
0 Don’t tow a trailerat all duringthe first 500 miles
(800 km) your new vehicle is driven.Your engine,
axle or other parts could be damaged.
0 Then, duringthe first 500 miles (800 km)that you
tow a trailer, don’tdrive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and
don’t makestarts at full throttle. This helps your
engine and other partsof your vehicle wearin at the
heavier loads.
0
If you have an automatic transmission, you can use
DRIVE (D) (or, as you needto, a lower gear)
when towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle
in
DRIVE (D) when towing a trailer will minimize heat
buildup and extend thelife of your transmission.If
you have a manual transmission and you
are towing
a trailer, it’s better not to use
FIFTH (5) gear. Just
drive in FOURTH(4) gear (or, as you needto, a
lower gear).
Three important considerations have to do with weight:
the weight of the trailer,
the weight of the trailer tongue
0
and the weight on your vehicle’s tires.
4-49
~
Weight of the Trailer
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
How heavy can a trailer safely
be?
The tongue load (A)
of any traileris an important
weight
to
measure
because
it affects the total or gross
It should never weigh more than
1,000 lbs. (450 kg). But
weight of your vehicle.The Gross Vehicle Weight
even that can be too heavy.
(GVW) includes the curb weight
of the vehicle, any
It depends on how you plan to use your rig. For
cargo you may carry in
it, and the people who will be
example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside
riding in the vehicle. Andif you will tow a trailer, you
temperature and how much your vehicle is used toa pull must add the tongue load the
to GVW because your
trailer are all important. And,
it can also depend on any vehicle will be carrying that weight, too.
See “Loading
special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
Your Vehicle” inthe Indexfor more information about
You can ask yourdealer for our trailering information or your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
advice, or you can write us at
Customer Assistance Department
Chevrolet
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, write to:
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa. OntarioL1H 8P7
4-50
A
B
If you’re using a weight-carrying hitch,the trailer
tongue (A) should weigh10 percent of the total loaded
trailer weight(B). If you’re using a weight-distributing
hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should weigh12 percent of
the total loaded trailer weight(B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh
the trailer and
then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to get them right
simply by moving someitems around in the trailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s
tires are inflated tothe upper
limit for cold tires. You’ll find these numbers onthe
Tire-Loading Information Certification label
at the rear
edge of the driver’s door lock pillar see
or “Tire
Loading” inthe Index. Then be sure you don’tgo over
the GVW limit for your vehicle, includingthe weight of
the trailer tongue.
Hitches
It’s importantto have the correct hitch equipment.
Crosswinds, large trucks going
by and rough roads are a
few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here are
some rulesto follow:
If you use a step-bumper hitch, your bumper could
be damaged in sharp turns. Make sure you have
ample room when turning to avoid contact between
the trailer andthe bumper.
Safety Chains
You should always attach chains between your vehicle
and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailerso that the tongue will not dropthe
to road
if it becomes separated fromthe hitch. Instructions
about safety chains may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer’s recommendationfor attaching safety
chains and do not attach them the
to bumper. Always
leave just enough slackso you can turn with your rig.
And, never allow safety chainsto drag on the ground.
4-51
- ..
Trailer Brakes
Driving with a Trailer
If your trailer weighs more than
1,000 Ibs. (450 kg)
loaded, then it needs its own brakes -- and they must be
adequate. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for
the trailer brakesso you’ll be able to install, adjust and
maintain them properly.
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount
of experience.
Before setting outfor the open road, you’ll want to get
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the of
feel
handling and braking withthe added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as
responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
0
Don’t tap into your vehicle’s brake system if the
trailer’s brake system will use more than
0.02 cubic
inch (0.3 cc) of fluid from your vehicle’s master
cylinder. If it does, both systems won’t work well.
You could evenlose your brakes.
Will the trailer brake parts take3,000 psi
(20 650 kPa) of pressure? If not, the trailer brake
system must not be used with your vehicle.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector,
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment.
If the trailer has
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and
then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure
the brakes are working. This lets
you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
If everything checks out this far, then makethe brake
be sure thatthe
fluid tap at the
port on the master cylinder that sends During your trip, check occasionally to
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes
fluid to the rear brakes. But don’t use copper tubing
are still working.
for this. If you do,it will bend and finally break
off.
Use steel brake tubing.
4-52
Following DisL --- ;e
Stay at least twiceas far behind the vehicle aheadas you
would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
and sudden turns.
Making mrns
NOTICE:
Making very sharp turns while trailering could
cause the trailer to come in contact with the
Passing
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
you’re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good deal making very sharp turns while trailering.
longer, you’ll need to go much
farther beyond the
passed vehiclebefore you can return to your
lane.
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns
than normal.Do this so your trailer won’tstrike
Backing Up
soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees or other
objects. Avoidjerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well
Hold the bottomof the steering wheel withone hand.
in advance.
Then, to movethe trailer to the left, just move that hand
to the left.To move the trailer tothe right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.
4-53
lbrn Signals When Towinga nailer
Driving On Grades
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have extra
wiring (included inthe optional trailering package).
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before you start
down a long or steep downgrade.
If you don’t shift
down, you might haveto use your brakesso much that
they would get hot andno longer work well.
The arrows on your instrument panel will flash
whenever you signal aturn or lane change. Properly
hooked up, the trailer lamps will also flash, telling other On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your
drivers you’re about to turn, change lanes
or stop.
speed to around45 mph (70 km/h)
to reduce the
possibility of engine and transmission overheating.
When towing a trailer,the arrows on your instrument
panel will flashfor turns even if the bulbs on the trailer
are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you
are seeing your signal when they
are not. It’s important
to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are
still working.
4-54
If you are towing a trailer and you have a manual
transmission with FIFTH ( 5 ) gear, you may prefer not to
use FIFTH( 5 ) . Just drive in FOURTH(4) (or, as you
need to, a lower gear).
Parking on Hills
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer
attached, on a hill. If something goes wrong, your rig
could start to move. People can beinjured, and both
your vehicle andthe trailer can be damaged.
But if you ever haveto park your rig on ahill, here’s
how to do it:
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift into
PARK (P) yet, or into gearfor a manual
transmission.
2. Have someone place chocks underthe trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks arein place, release the
regular brakes untilthe chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then apply your parking
brake, and then shift toPARK (P), or REVERSE (R)
for a manual transmission.
-
A CAUl =ON:
I _
It can be dangerousto get out of your vehicle if
the shiftlever is not fullyin PARK (P)with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
If you have leftthe engine running, thevehicle
can move suddenly. You or otherscould be
injured. To be sure yourvehicle won’t move, even
when you’re on fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow.
If you have four-wheeldrive and your transfer
case is in NEUTRAL (N), your vehicle will be free
to roll, even if your shift leveris in PARK (P).So,
be sure the transfercase is in a drive gear not
in NEUTRAL (N).
--
5. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure
the transfer case is in a drive gear-- not in
NEUTRAL (N).
6. Release the regular brakes.
4-55
~
-
.
When You Are Ready to Leave After
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
while you:
Start your engine;
0
Shift into a gear; and
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the traileris clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.
4-56
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re
pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule
for more
on this. Things that are especially important in trailer
operation are automatic transmission fluid (don’t
overfill), engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system
and brake adjustment. Each of these
is covered in this
manual, and the Index will help you find them quickly.
If you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to review these
sections beforeyou start your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.
0Section 5
Problems onthe Road
Here you’ll find what to
do about someproblems that can occuron the road.
5-2
5-2
5-3
5-7
5-12
Hazard Warning Flashers
Other Warning Devices
Jump Starting
Towing Your Vehicle
Engine Overheating
5- 14
5-21
5-22
5-32
Cooling System
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If You’re Stuck: InSand, Mud, Ice or Snow
5-1
Hazard Warning Flashers
Press the button on top
of the steering columnto
make your front and rear
turn signal lamps flash on
and off.
Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what
position your keyis in, and even if the key isn’t in.
To turn off the flashers, push the button again.
When the hazard warning flashers are on, your turn
signals won’t work.
Other Warning Devices
Your hazard warning flasherslet you warn others. They
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up
also let police know you have a problem. Your front and at the sideof the road about300 feet (100 m) behind
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and
off.
your vehicle.
5-2
Jump Starting
If your battery has run down, you may want to use
another vehicle and somejumper cables to start
your vehicle. But please use
the following steps to
do it safely.
I
Batteries can hurtyou. They can be dangerous
because:
They contain acid that canburn you.
They contain gas that can explode
or ignite.
0 They contain enough electricity to
burn you.
If you don’t follow these stepsexactly, some or all
of these things canhurt you.
NOTICE:
Ignoring thesesteps could result incostly damage
to yourvehicle that wouldn’t be coveredby
your warranty.
Trying tostart your vehicle by pushing or pulling
it won’t work, and itcould damage yourvehicle.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.
I NOTICE:
If the othersystem isn’t a 12-volt system witha
negative ground, bothvehicles can be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure the vehicles aren’t touching
each other.If they are, it could cause a ground
connection you don’t want.You wouldn’t be able
to start your vehicle, and the bad grounding could
damage the electrical systems.
5-3
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug
unnecessary accessories plugged
into the cigarette
lighter. Turnoff all lamps that aren’t needed as well
as radios.This will avoid sparks and help save both
batteries. In addition,it could save your radio!
NOTICE:
If you leave your radio on, it could be badly
damaged. The repairswouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries. Find
the positive(+) and negative(-) terminals on
each battery.
An electric fan can start even
up when the engine
is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
5-4
A CAUTION:
Using a match near a battery cancause battery
gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. Use a flashlightif
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has
enough water. You don’t
need to add waterto theACDelco [email protected]
battery installed inevery new GM vehicle. But
if a battery has filler caps,
be sure the right
amount of fluid is there. If it is low, add water
to take careof that first.If you don’t, explosive
gas could bepresent.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn
you.
Don’t get it on you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the
place with
water andget medical helpimmediately.
5. Check that thejumper cables don’t have looseor
missing insulation.If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could be damaged, too.
Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you
badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts
once the engineis running.
6. Positive (+) goes to positive (+) and negative (-)
goes to a metal engine part. Don’t connect
positive (+) to negative (-) or you’ll geta short
that would damage the battery and maybe other
parts, too. Connect the red positive
(+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the vehicle with the dead
battery. Use a remote positive(+) terminal if the
vehicle hasone.
5-5
7. Don’t let the other end
touch metal. Connectit
to the positive(+)
terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
8. Now connect the
black negative(-) cable
to the good battery’s
negative (-) terminal.
Don’t let the other end
touch anything until the
next step.
,.
i.
9. The other endof the negative(-) cable doesn’tgo
to the dead battery.
It goes to a heavy unpainted
metal parton the engineof the vehicle withthe
dead battery. Attach the cable at least
18 inches
(45 cm) away from the dead battery, but not near
engine parts that move. The electrical connection
is
just as good there, but the chance of sparks getting
back to the batteryis much less.
10. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the enginefor a while.
5-6
11. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.
If it
won’t start after a few tries,
it probably needs
service.
12. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Takecare that they don’t touch
each otheror any other metal.
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a dealer or a professional towing service tow
your vehicle.See “Roadside Assistance” in the Index.
If your vehicle has been changed or modified since
it
was factory-new by adding aftermarket items
like fog
lamps, aero skirting, or special tires and wheels, these
instructions may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on the hazard
warning flashers.
B
+
b
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part
B. Good Battery
C. Dead Battery
When you call, tell the towing service:
0
That your vehicle has rear-wheel drive, or that
it
has the four-wheel-drive option.
0
The make, model and yearof your vehicle.
0
Whether you canstill move the shift leverfor the
transmission and trans€er case, if you have one.
0
If there was an accident, what was damaged.
When the towing service arrives,let the tow operator
know that this manual contains detailed towing
instructions and illustrations. The operator may want
to see them.
A CAUTION:
To help avoidinjury to you or others:
0 Never let passengers ride ina vehicle that is
being towed.
0 Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.
0 Never tow with damaged partsnot
fully secured.
0 Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by the tow truck.
0 Always use separate safety chains on each
side when towing a vehicle.
Never use T-hooks. Use J-hooks instead.
5-8
I
r\
A CAUTION:
A vehicle can fall froma car carrierif it isn’t
adequately secured. This can causea collision,
serious personalinjury andvehicle damage. The
vehicle should betightly secured with chains or
steel cables before it is transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
canvas webbing, etc.) that canbe cutby sharp
edges underneath the towed vehicle.
When your vehicleis being towed, have the ignition
key turned to OFF. The steering wheel should be
clamped in a straight-ahead position, with a clamping
device designed for towing service.Do not use the
vehicle’s steering column lockfor this. The transmission
and transfer case, if you have one, should be
in
NEUTRAL (N) and the parking brake released.
Front Towing
A towing dolly must be used under the drive wheels
when towingfrom the front.
Don’t have your vehicle towed on the drive wheels
unless you must.If the vehicle must be towed on the
drive wheels, be sure to follow any speed and distance
restrictions later in this section, your
or transmission
will be damaged. If these limitations must be exceeded,
then the drive wheels have to be supported on a dolly.
Attach J-hook chainson both sides tothe rear of lower
control arms inboardof the spring.
5-9
Attach a separate safety chain around the outboard end
Position a4” x 4” wood beam across the sling chains
of each lower control arm.
and against the lower control
arm front attachment
brackets. Position the lower sling crossbar in front and
against the4” x 4” wood beam.
5-10
Rear Towing
If your vehicle has four-wheel drive, don’t have
it towed
on the front wheels unless you must.If a vehicle with
four-wheel drive must be towed on
the front wheels,, set
your manual, freewheeling hubs to
FREE or unlock your
automatic freewheeling hubs, and set your transfer case
to two-wheel drive.If your vehicle mustbe towed on
the front wheels, don’t go more than 55 mph (90 k m h ) .
I NOTICE:
Take care notto damage the brake pipeson the
axle tubes.
A towing dolly must be usedunder the front wheels
when towing from the real:
Attach J-hooks around the axle tube.
Position the sling crossbar under and forward
of the
rear bumper.
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on your
vehicle’s instrument panel.
I
I
I
/
If Steam Is Coming FromYour Engine
Attach a separate safety chain around the of
end
each
axle, inboard of the spring.
5-12
~~
Steam froman overheated engine canburn you
badly, even if you just open thehood. Stay away
from theengine if you see or hear steam
coming
from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away
from thevehicle until it cools down. Wait until
there is no signof steam or coolant beforeyou
open thehood.
If you keep driving when your engine
is
overheated, the liquids in
it can catch fire.You or
others could be badly burned. Stop your engine
if
it overheats, andget out of the vehicle until the
engine is cool.
~
~~
~
~
~
~
~
~~~~~~
~
~
~
~
~
~
If your engine catchesfire because you keep
driving with no coolant, yourvehicle can be
badly damaged. Thecostly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
If you get the overheat warning but see or hear no
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
the engine can geta little too hot when you:
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
0
Stop after high-speed driving.
Idle for long periods in traffic.
Tow a trailer.
5-13
_
_
_
_
If you get theoverheat warning with no sign
of steam,
try this for a minute or so:
1. If you have an air conditioner, turn it off.
Cooling System
When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what
you’ll see:
2. Turn on your heater to full hotat the highest fan
speed and open the window as necessary.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to NEUTRAL(N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (a)
or
DRIVE (D) for automatic transmissions.
If you no longer have the overheat warning, you
can drive. Just to be safe, drive slower
for about
10 minutes. If the warning doesn’t come back on,
you can drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
vehicle right away.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can idle the engine
for two or three minutes while you’re parked, to see
A. Radiator Pressure Cap
if the warning stops. But then,
if you still have the
warning, turn ojjfthe engine andget everyone out of
B. Electric Engine CoolingFan
the vehicle until it cools down.
C. Coolant Recovery Tank
You may decide not to liftthe hood but to get service
help right away.
5-14
I
An electric engine cooling fan under the hood
can start up even when the engine is not running
and can injureyou. Keep hands, clothing and
tools away from any underhood electric fan.
Don’t reach through the grille
to release the
underhood lever.
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,
don’t do anything else until it cools down.
The coolant level should be or
at above FULL.
If it isn’t, you may havea leak in the radiator hoses,
heater hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere
else in
the cooling system.
5-15
I
A
AC
,U ION:
Heater and radiatorhoses, and otherengine
parts, canbe very hot. Don’t touch them. If you
do, you can be burned.
Don’t run theengine if there is a leak. If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you could be burned.
Get any leak fixed before you drive thevehicle.
NOTICE:
Engine damage from running your engine
without coolantisn’t covered by your warranty.
If there seems to be no leak, with
the engine on, check to
see if the electric engine cooling fan
is running. If the
engine is overheating, the
fan should be running. Ifit
isn’t, your vehicle needs service.
5-16
How to Add Coolant tothe Coolant
Recovery Tank
If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant
level isn’t at or above the
FULL mark, add a 50/50
mixture of clean water (preferably distilled) and a
proper coolant at the coolant recovery tank. (See
“Engine Coolant”in the Indexfor more information
about the proper coolant mixture.)
Adding only plain waterto your cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid likealcohol, can boil before theproper
coolant mixturewill. Your vehicle’s coolant
warning systemis set for the proper
coolant
mixture. With plain water or thewrong mixture,
your enginecould get too hot butyou wouldn’t
get the overheat warning.Your engine could
catch fire andyou or otherscould be burned.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean waterand a
proper coolant.
NOTICE:
A CAUT,JN:
In cold weather, water can freeze and crack
the engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
Use the recommended coolant and the proper
coolant mixture.
You can be burnedif you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol
and it will burn if the engineparts are hot
enough. Don’t spill coolanton a hot engine.
When the coolant inthe coolant recovery tankis at or
above the FULL mark, start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there’s one more
thing you can try.You can add the proper coolant
mixture directlyto the radiator, but be surethe cooling
system is cool before you
do it.
5-17
.
1
LUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids from
a hot cooling
system canblow out and burnyou badly. They
if you turn the radiator
are under pressure, and
pressure cap even a little they can come out
at high speed. Never turn the capwhen the
cooling system, including the radiator pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and
radiator pressure cap cool
to if you ever have to
turn the pressurecap.
--
5-18
--
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
I
2. Then keep turning the pressurecap, but now push
down as you turn it. Remove the pressure cap.
1. You can remove the radiator pressure cap when
the cooling system, includingthe radiator pressure
cap and upper radiator hose,is no longer hot. Turn
the pressurecap slowly counterclockwise until it
first stops. (Don’t press down while turning the
pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, waitfor that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure
left.
5-19
3. Fill the radiator withthe proper coolant mixture, up
to the base of the filler neck. (See “Engine Coolant”
in the Indexfor more information about the proper
coolant mixture.)
4. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the
FULL mark.
5. Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, but
leave the radiator pressure cap off.
5-20
6 . Start the engine andlet it run until you can feel the
upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the
engine cooling fan.
7. By this time, the coolantlevel inside the radiator
filler neck may be lower. If the level is lower, add
more of the proper coolant mixture through the
filler neck until the level reaches the base
of the
filler neck.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while you’re driving,
especially if you maintain your tires properly.
If air goes
out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak
out slowly.
But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here are a few
tips about what to expect and what
to do:
If a front tire fails, theflat tire will create a drag that
pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to
a stop well out of the traffic lane.
8. Then replace the pressure cap. At any time during
this procedure if coolant begins
to flow out of the
filler neck, reinstall the pressure cap.
Be sure the
arrows on the pressurecap line up like this.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a
skid and may require the same correction you’d use ain
skid. In any rear blowout, remove your
foot from the
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by
steering theway you want the vehicle to go.It may be
very bumpy and noisy,but you can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes flat, the next part shows howuse
to your
jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely.
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tiregoes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowlyto a level place.Turn on your hazard
warning flashers.
That would be the tireon the other side
of the
vehicle, at the oppositeend.
A CAUTION:
Changing a tire can causean injury. The vehicle
can slipoff the jack and
roll overyou or other
people. You and they could be badly injured.
Find a level place to change yourtire. To help
prevent thevehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brakefirmly.
2. Put an automatic transmission shift lever in
PARK (P) or shift a manual transmission to
FIRST (1) or REVERSE (R).
3. If you have a four-wheel-drivevehicle,
be sure the transfer
case is in a drive
gear not inNEUTRAL (N).
4. ' h r n off the engine.
To be even more certain thevehicle won't move,
of the
you can putblocks at the front and rear
tire farthestaway from the one
being changed.
CAUTION: (Continued)
--
The following steps will tell
you how to use thejack and
change a tire.
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
The jack handle is under the driver’s seat.
The jack and wheel wrench are under thefront
passenger’s seat.
5-23
The tools you'll be using include jack
the (A), jack
handle (B) and wheel wrench(C).
Attach the jack handle to the jack. Turn the jack handle
to the rightto raise the lift head.
5-24
The spare tireis mounted on your tailgate. Pull the cover
off of the spare tire.
Insert your keyinto the wheel lock on the spare tire and Kemove wheel nutswith the wheel wrench.
pull the wheel lock off.
Remove the spare tire from the mounting bracket and
place it near your flat tire.
Attach thejack handle to the jack bolt. Turn the jack
handle to the right
to raise the lift head.
5-25
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the
Spare Tire
1. Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the wheel nuts.
Don't remove them yet.
5-26
2. Position thejack and raise thejack lift head untilit
fits firmly onto the notches nearest
to the flat tire.
(Under the vehicle near each wheel, there
are
notches in the vehicle's rocker flange.)
A CAUTION:
Getting under a vehicle whenit is jacked up is
dangerous. If the vehicle slipsoff the jack, you
could be badlyinjured or killed. Never getunder
a vehicle whenit is supported only by a jack.
-
A CAUTION:
Raising your vehicle with the
jack improperly
positioned can damage the vehicle
and even
make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal
injury and vehicle damage, besure to fit the jack
lift headinto the proper location before raising
the vehicle.
3. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle to the
right. Raisethe vehicle far enough off the ground so
there is enough room for the spare tireto fit.
5-27
4. Remove all the wheel
nuts and takeoff the
flat tire.
Remove any rust ordirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.
6. Place the spare on the wheel mounting surface.
5-28
--.
Rust or dirton thewheel, or on me parts to
which it is fastened, can make thewheel nuts
become looseafter a time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When you change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places
the
where thewheel attaches to thevehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to dothis; but be sure touse a scraper orwire
brush later,if you need to, to get all the rustor
dirt off.
A CAUTION:
Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts.
If you
do, the nuts might come loose. Your wheel could
fall off, causing a serious accident.
7. Replace the wheel nuts
with the rounded end
of the nuts towardthe
wheel. Tighten each nut
by hand until the wheel
is held against the hub.
8. Lower the vehicle by turning the
jack handle to the
left. Lowerthe jack completely.
9. Tighten the wheel nuts
firmly in a crisscross
sequence as shown.
NOTICE:
I'
Improperly tightenedwheel nuts can lead to
brake pulsation and rotordamage. To avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel
nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper
torque specification.
I
--
a CAUTION:
I
-
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened
wheel nuts can cause the
wheel to become loose
and even come off. This could lead to
an accident.
Be sure touse the correctwheel nuts. If you have
to replace them, besure toget new GM original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhere assoon as you can and have
the nuts tightenedwith a torque wrench to
60 lb-ft (80 Nom).
5-30
a CAUTION:
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury.In a sudden stop or
collision, loose
equipment could strikesomeone. Store allthese
in the properplace.
I
Store your vehicle’sflat or spare tireby mounting it on
the tailgate and cover.
Replace the jack, jackhandle and wheel wrench.
1. Front Passenger’s Seat
2. Jack
3. Clamp
4. Wrench
5. Jack Handle
6. Driver’s Seat
5-31
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow
NOTICE:
What you don’t want to
do when your vehicle is stuckis
to spin your wheels toofast. The method known as
“rocking” can help you get out when you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
Spinning yourwheels can destroy parts of your
vehicle as well as thetires. If you spin thewheels
too fastwhile shifting your transmission back
and forth,you can destroy your transmission.
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,
see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
If you let your tires spin
at high speed, they can
explode, and you or others could be injured.And,
the transmission or other parts
of the vehicle can
overheat. That could causean engine
compartment fireor otherdamage. Whenyou’re
stuck, spin thewheels as little aspossible. Don’t
spin thewheels above 35 mph (55 km/h) as shown
on the speedometer.
5-32
Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out
Using the RecoveryHooks
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around yourfront wheels. If you have a
four-wheel drive vehicle, shift into4HI. Then shift back
and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear
(or with a manual transmission, betweenFIRST (1) or
SECOND (2) and REVERSE (R)), spinning the wheels
as little as possible. Releasethe accelerator pedal while
you shift, and press lightly onthe accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear. If that doesn’t get you
out aftera few tries, you may need to be towed out. Or,
you can use your recovery hooks
if your vehicle has
them. If you do need to be towed out,see “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
Your vehicle is equipped with recovery hooks. The
recovery hooks are providedat the front and rearof your
vehicle. You may need to use them if you’re stuck
off-road and need tobe pulled to some place where you
can continue driving.
I
r
I
A CAUTION:
The recoveryhooks, when used, are undera lotof
force. Always pull the vehicle straight out. Never
at a sideways angle. The hooks
pull on the hooks
could break off and you or otherscould be
or cable snappingback.
injured from the chain
.
NOTICE:
Never use the recovery hooks totow the vehicle.
Your vehiclecould be damaged and itwould not
be coveredby warranty.
5-34
I
b%
NOTES
5-35
b
5-36
NOTES
0Section 6
Service and Appearance Care
Here you will find information about the
care of your vehicle. This section begins with service fuel
and information,
and thenit shows how tocheck important fluid and lubricant levels. There is also technical information about your
vehicle, and a part devoted its
to appearance care.
6-2
6-3
6-5
6-5
6-7
6- 8
6-11
6-15
6-17
6-20
6-24
6-26
6-27
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-33
6-34
Service
Fuel
Fuels in Foreign Countries
Filling Your Tank
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Checking Things Underthe Hood
Engine Oil
Air Cleaner
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Manual Transmission Fluid
Engine Coolant
Radiator PressureCap
Thermostat
Power Steering Fluid
Windshield Washer Fluid
Brakes
Battery
Bulb Replacement
6-40
6-48
6-49
6-5 1
6-52
6-53
6-54
6-54
6-55
6-55
6-56
6-57
6-57
6-61
6-6 1
6-63
Tires
Appearance Care
Cleaning the Insideof Your Vehicle
Cleaning the Outsideof the Windshield,
Backglass and Wiper Blades
Cleaning the Outsideof Your Vehicle
Special Carefor Canvas Top and
Plastic Windows
Cleaning Aluminum Wheels(If Equipped)
Cleaning Tires
Finish Damage
Underbody Maintenance
Appearance Care Materials Chart
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Electrical System
Replacement Bulbs
Capacities and Specifications
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
6-1
Doing Your Own Service Work
Service
Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to If you want to do someof your own service work, you’ll
want to use the proper
Ckvrolet Service Manual. It tells
be happy withit. We hope you’ll go to your dealer
for
you much more about how
to service your vehicle than
all your service needs. You’ll get genuine
GM parts and
this manual can.To order the proper service manual, see
GM-trained and supported service people.
“Service and Owner Publications” in the Index.
We hope you’ll want tokeep your GM vehicle all GM.
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting
to
Genuine GM parts haveone of these marks:
do your own service work,
see “Servicing Your Air
Bag-Equipped Vehicle’’in the Index.
[email protected]
Genuine
6-2
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and
list
the mileage and the date
of any service work you
perform. See “Maintenance Record’’ in the Index.
Fuel
You can be injured and yourvehicle could be
damaged if you try to doservice workon a
vehicle without knowing enoughabout it.
Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
experience, the proper replacement parts
and tools before you attempt anyvehicle
maintenance task.
Be sure touse the proper nuts,bolts and
other fasteners. “English” and “metric”
fasteners can beeasily confused. If you use
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
1
or fall off. You could be hurt.
Adding Equipr- I
Your Vehicle
~
-
’;
to t!- Out ‘de of
-I
Things you might addto the outsideof your vehicle can
affect the airflow around it.
This may cause wind noise
and affect windshield washer performance. Check with
your dealer before adding equipment the
to outside of
your vehicle.
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane
or higher. At a minimum, it should meet specifications
ASTM D4814 in the United States andCGSB 3.5-M93
in Canada. Improved gasoline specifications have
been developed by the American Automobile
Manufacturers Association (AAMA) for better
vehicle performance and engine protection. Gasolines
meeting theAAMA specification could provide
improved driveability and emission control system
protection compared to other gasolines.
Be sure the posted octane
is at least 87.If the octaneis
less than 87,you may get a heavy knocking noise when
you drive. If it’s bad enough,it can damage your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane or higher and you
hear heavy knocking, your engine needs service. But
don’t worry if you hear a little pinging noise when
you’re accelerating or driving
up a hill. That’s normal,
and you don’t haveto buy a higher octane fuel
to get rid
of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock that means
you have a problem.
If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission
To provide cleaner air,all gasolines in the United States
Standards (indicated on the underhood emission control are now required to contain additives that will help
label), it is designed to operate on fuels that meet
prevent depositsfrom forming in your engine and fuel
California specifications. If such fuels are not available system, allowing your emission control system
to
in states adopting California emissions standards, your
function properly. Therefore, you should not have
to
vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting
add anything to the fuel. In addition, gasolines
federal specifications, but emission control system
containing oxygenates, such as ethers and ethanol, and
performance may be affected. The malfunction indicator reformulated gasolines may be available
in your area to
lamp on your instrument panel may turn on and/or your help clean the air. General Motors recommends that you
vehicle may fail a smog-check test.If this occurs, return use these gasolinesif they comply with the
specifications described earlier.
to your authorized Chevrolet dealer for diagnosis to
determine the causeof failure. In the eventit is
determined that the causeof the conditionis the typeof
NOTICE:
fuels used, repairs may not
be covered by your warranty.
Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low
emissions contain an octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT);
ask your service station operator whether or not his fuel
contains MMT. General Motors does not recommend the
use of such gasolines.If fuels containing MMT are used,
spark pluglife may be reduced and your emission
control system performance may be affected. The
malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel
may turn on.If this occurs, return to your authorized
Chevrolet dealer for service.
6-4
Your vehicle was not designed
for fuel that
contains methanol. Don’t use it. It can corrode
also damage
metal parts in your fuel system and
plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
be covered under your warranty.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
Filling Your Tank
If you plan on drivingin another country outside the
United States or Canada,the proper fuel may be hardto
find. Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not
recommended in the previous texton fuel. Costly repairs
caused by useof improper fuel wouldn’t be covered
by
your warranty.
To check onfuel availability, ask an auto club, or
contact a major oil company that does businessin the
country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at the following address for
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline
or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
6-5
The capis behind a hinged dooron the passenger’s side
of your vehicle. On four-door models,
use the keyto the
vehicle to unlock the fuel door.
I
a CAUTION:
If you get gasoline on yourself and then
something ignites it, you could be badly burned.
Gasoline can spray out
on you if you open the
fuel filler captoo quickly. This spray can happen
if your tankis nearly full, andis more likely in
hot weather. Open the fuel filler cap
slowly and
wait for any “hiss” noise to stop. Then unscrew
the cap all the
way.
from
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Vehicle”in the Index.
To remove the cap, turnit slowly to the left
(counterclockwise).
6-6
When you putthe cap back on, turn it to the right
(clockwise) until you hear a clicking sound. Make
sure you fully install the cap. The diagnostic system
can determineif the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would allow fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.See “Malfunction
Indicator Lamp” in the Index.
NOTICE:
If you need a new cap, be sure get
to the right
type. Your dealer canget one foryou. If you get
the wrong type,it may not fit properly. This may
cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light
and yourfuel tank andemissions system may be
damaged. See “Malfunction Indicator
Lamp’’ in
the Index.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
A CAU ,ION:
Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in
your vehicle. Static electricity discharge fromthe
container can ignite the
gasoline vapor. You can
be badlyburned and yourvehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoidinjury toyou and others:
Dispense gasoline only into approved
containers.
Do not fill a container while it is inside a
vehicle, in a vehicle’s trunk, pickup bedor
on any surface other than ground.
the
Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the
inside of the fill opening before operating
the nozzle. Contact should be maintained
until the fillingis complete.
Don’t smoke while pumping gasoline.
Checking Things Under the Hood
An electric fan under the
hood can start up and
injure you even when the engine is not running.
Keep hands, clothing and
tools away from any
underhood electric fan.Don’t reach through the
grille to release the underhoodlever.
To open the hood, first pull the release handle inside the
glove box.
Things that burn canget on hot engineparts and
start a fire. These include liquidslike gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid,windshield washerand
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned.Be careful not to drop
or spill
things thatwill burn ontoa hot engine.
6-8
Then go to the front of the vehicle, pullup on the hood,
and pushthe hood release lever to
your left.
Lift the hood, release the hood prop from
its retainer and
put thehood prop into the slot in the hood.
6-9
When you open the hood, you’ll see the following:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Windshield Washer Reservoir
Engine Coolant Reservoir
Main Fuse Box
Battery
E. Engine Oil Dipstick
E AutomaticTransmission
Dipstick (If Equipped)
G. Engine Oil Fill Cap
Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps on.
are
H. Power Steering Fluid
Reservoir
I. Brake Fluid Reservoir
J. AirCleaner
Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop.
Remove the hood prop
from the slot in the hood and
return the prop to its retainer. Then letthe hood down
and closeit firmly.
Engine Oil
If the engine oil pressure
light on the instrument
panel comes on, it means
you need to check your
engine oil level right away.
For more information,see “Engine Oil Pressure Light”
in the Index. You should check your engine oil level
regularly; this is an added reminder.
It’s a good idea to check yourengine oil every time you
get fuel.In order to getan accurate reading,the oil must
be warm andthe vehicle must be on level ground.
The engineoil dipstick is
a yellow ring handle and
is located near the
front of
the engine compartment
toward the passenger’s
side of the vehicle.
Turn off the engine and
give theoil a few minutes
to drain back into the oil
pan. If you don’t, the oil
dipstick might not show
the actual level.
Checking Engine Oil
When to Add Engine Oil
Pull out the dipstick and clean
it with a paper towelor
If the oilis at or below theL (low) mark, then you’ll
need to add at least one quart
of oil. But you must use
the right kind. This part explains what kind
of oil to use.
For crankcase capacity,see “Capacities and
Specifications” in the Index.
cloth, then pushit back in all the way. Remove
it again,
keeping the tip down, and check the level.
I
NOTICE:
I
I Don’t
add too muchoil. If your engine hasso
I :
much oil that theoil level gets above the upper
mark that shows the proper operating range,
your engine could be damaged.
The engine oilfill cap is located in the rear
of the
engine compartment.
Be sure tofill it enough to put the level somewhere in
the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you’re through.
6-12
What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
Oils recommended for your vehicle can be identified
by lookingfor the "Starburst" symbol. This symbol
indicates thatthe oil has been certified by the American
Petroleum Institute (API). Do not use anyoil which
does not carry this Starburst symbol.
If you change your own
oil, be sure you useoil that
has the Starburst symbol
on the front of the oil
container. If you have your
oil changed for you, be sure
the oil put intoyour engine
is American Petroleum
Institute certifiedfor
gasoline engines.
I
I
RECOMMENDED SAE VlSCOSlTT 6RADE ENGINE OILS
FOR BESTFUEL Ennmma"Y AND COLD ST'"-"^
^"'"1 THE LOWEST
-11 FOR THE EXP----.-....-.AMRE RANGE.
SAE VISCOSITY 6,.
LOOK
FOR MIS
HOT
WEATHER
SYMBOL
' T I
I
I
SAE low-30
1
PREFERRED
above 0°F
(-18%)
You should also use the proper viscosity
oil for your
vehicle, as shownin the following chart:
COLD
WEATHER
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY
OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
6-13
As shown in the chart, SAE 1OW-30 is best for your
vehicle. However, you canuse SAE 5W-30 if it’s
going to be colder than60 “F(16” C)before your
next oil change. When it’s
very cold, you should use
S A E 5W-30. These numbers on an oil container show
its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use other viscosity
oils, such asSAE 20W-50.
I NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
“Starburst” symbol. Failure to use the
recommended oil can resultin engine damage not
covered by your warranty.
GM [email protected] meets all the requirements
for your vehicle.
If you are in an area where
the temperature falls
below -20°F (-29”C), consider using either an
S A E 5W-30 synthetic oil or anSAE OW-30 oil. Both
will provide easier cold starting and better protection
for your engine at extremely low temperatures.
6-14
Engine Oil Additives
Don’t add anything to youroil. Your dealer is ready
to adviseif you think something should be added.
When to Change Engine Oil
If any one of these is truefor you, use the shorttripkity
maintenance schedule:
0
Most trips are lessthan 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
0
Most trips include extensive idling (such
as
frequent driving in stop-and-go traffic).
0
You operate your vehicle in dusty areas
or
off-road frequently.
0
You frequently tow a trailer or usea carrier on top
of your vehicle.
The vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
or other commercial application.
Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to
break down sooner. If any
one of these is true for your
vehicle, then you need to change your oil and
filter
every 3,000 miles(5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever
occurs first.
0
If none of them is true, use the long
triphighway
maintenance schedule. Change oil and
filter every
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 7.5 months -- whichever
occurs first. Driving a vehicle witha fully warmed
engine under highway conditions causes engine
oil to
break down slower.
Air Cleaner
What to Do with Used Oil
Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
elements that may be unhealthy
for your skin and could
even causecancer? Don't let used oil stay on your skin
for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
away clothing or rags containing used engine
oil. (See
the manufacturer's warnings about the use and disposal
of oil products.)
Used oil can be a real threat to the environment.
If you
change your ownoil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
from the filter before disposal.Don't ever disposeof oil
by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies
of water. Instead,
recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used
oil. If
you have a problem properly disposing
of your used oil,
ask your dealer, a service station or a local recycling
center for help.
Operating the engine with the air cleaner
off can
cause youor others tobe burned. The air cleaner
not only cleans the air, it stops flame if the engine
CAUTION: (Continued)
L U'I'IUN : (Contini
1)
Air Filter Replacement
To check or replace thefilter:
backfires. If it isn't there, and the engine
backfires, you could be burned.Don't drive with
it off, and be careful working on the engine
with
the air cleaner off.
NOTICE:
1
If the air cleaneris off, a backfire can causea
damaging engine fire. And, dirt caneasily get
into yourengine, which will damage it. Always
have theair cleanerin placewhen you're driving.
1. Remove the screws on the cover.
2. Lift the cover up.
6-16
Automatic Transmission Fluid
When to Check and Change
A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid
level is when the engine oilis changed.
Change both the fluid and filter every15,000 miles
(25 000 km) if the vehicle is mainly driven under
one
or more of these conditions:
In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches90 O F (32 C) or higher.
O
3. Pull out the filter and replace it.
4. Replace the cover and the screws.
0
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
0
When doing frequent trailer towing.
Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any
of these
conditions, change the fluid and filter
every
100,000miles (166 000 km).
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
6-17
How to Check
In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
While pulling a trailer.
Because this operation can be
a little difficult, you may
choose to have this done at your Chevrolet dealership To get the right reading,the fluid should be at
Service Department.
normal operating temperature, whichis 180°F to
200°F (82°Cto 93°C). See "Checking Transmission
If you doit yourself, be sure to follow all the
instructions here, or you could get a false reading on Fluid Hot" inthe Index.
the dipstick.
Checking Transmission Fluid Hot
NOTICE:
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about
15 miles
(24 km) when outside temperatures are above
50°F (10°C). If it's colder than50°F (lO°C), drive
the vehicle inDRIVE (D) until the engine temperature
gage moves and then remains steady
for 10 minutes.
Then followthe hot check procedures.
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
transmission. Too much can mean that some
of
the fluid could come
out and fall on hot engine
parts or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be
Checking Transmission Fluid Cold
if you check your
sure to get an accurate reading
A cold check is made after
the vehicle has been sitting
transmission fluid.
for eight hours or more with the engine
off and is used
only as a reference. Let the engine run at idle
for
Wait at least30 minutes before checking the
five minutes if outside temperatures are50°F (10"C)
transmission fluid levelif you have been driving:
or more.If it's colder than50°F (lO"C), you may have
to
idle the engine longer. Should the fluid level be
When outside temperatures are above90 "F (32°C).
low duringa cold check, youmust perform a hot check
At high speed for quite a while.
before adding fluid. This will give
you a more accurate
reading of the fluid level.
6-18
Checking theFluid Hot or Cold
0 Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the
engine running.
0
With the parking brake applied, placethe shift lever
in PARK (P).
0
With your foot onthe brake pedal, move the shift
lever through each gear range, pausing
for about
three seconds in each range. Then, position the shift
lever inPARK (P).
0
Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more.
!. Push it back in all thewiy,-slit three seconds and
then pull it back out again.
Then, without shuttingoff the engine, follow these steps:
1. The automatic
transmission dipstick
is a black ring handle
located in the rear of the
engine compartment
toward the passenger’s
side of the vehicle. Pull
out the dipstick and
wipe it with a clean rag
or paper towel.
3. Check both sidesof the dipstick, and read the lower
level. The fluid level must be the
in COLD area for a
cold check orin the HOT area or cross-hatched area
for a hot check.
4. If the fluid level isin the acceptable range, pushthe
dipstick back in all
the way.
6-19
How to Add Fluid
Manual Transmission Fluid
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of transmission fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
When to Check and Change
Add fluid only after checking the transmission fluid
while it is hot. (A cold check is used only aas
reference.) If the fluid level is low, add only enough
of
the proper fluid to bringthe level up to theHOT area for
a hot check.It doesn’t take much fluid, generally less
than one pint (0.5 L). Don’t overfzll.
NOTICE:
We recommend you use only fluid labeled
[email protected],because fluidwith that label is
made especially for your automatic transmission.
Damage causedby fluid other thanDEXRON-I11
is not coveredby your new vehicle warranty.
After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as
described under“How to Check.”
When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
6-20
A good time to have it checked is when the engine
oil is changed. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
to
determine when to change your transmission fluid.
See
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
How to Check
Because this operation canue a little difficult, you may
choose to have this done
at your Chevrolet dealership
Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the
instructions here,or you could get a false reading.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid candamage your
some of
transmission. Too much can mean that
the fluid couldcome out and fall on hot engine
parts or exhaust
system parts, starting a fire. Be
sure toget an accurate reading
if you check your
transmission fluid.
Check the fluid level only when yourengine is off, the
vehicle is parked ona level place andthe transmission is
cool enough for you to rest your fingerson the
transmission case.
Then, follow these steps:
How to Add Fluid
Here’s how to add fluid. Refer the
to Maintenance
Schedule to determine what kindof fluid to use.See
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in
the Index.
1. Remove the filler plug.
2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. Add only enough
fluid to bring the fluid level upthetobottom of the
filler plug hole.
3. Install the filler plug. Be surethe plug is fully seated.
Clutch Adjustment
The clutch linkage in your vehicle should be checked
as
recommended in your Maintenance Schedule. To check,
push the clutch pedal down with your hand until you
feel some resistance to movement
of the pedal. If the
pedal moves freely upto 1 inch (2.5 cm) or so before
you feel resistance to the travel, adjustment isn’t needed.
1. Remove the filler plug.
2. Check that the lubricant level is up tothe bottom of
the filler plug hole.
3. If the fluid level is good, install the plug and be sure
it is fully seated. If the fluid level is low, add more
fluid as described in the next steps.
If there is no free travel or very little (less than5/8 of
an inch (1.6 cm), see your dealerfor adjustment.
Rear Axle
What to Use
When to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
to determine what
kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants” in the Index.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how
often to check the lubricant and when to change
it. See
“Periodic Maintenance Inspections” and “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Index.
Four-wheel Drive
Most lubricant checks in this section also apply to
four-wheel-drive vehicles. However, they have two
additional systems that need lubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer tothe Maintenance Schedule to determine how
often to check the lubricant and when to change
it.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
If the level is below the bottom
of the filler plug hole,
you’ll need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricant
to raise the level to the bottom
of the filler plug hole.
6-22
How to Check Lubricant
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleto determine how
often to check the lubricant and whento change it. See
“Periodic Maintenance Inspections’’ and “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” inthe Index.
How to Check Lubricant
I
If the level is below the bottom ofthe filler plug hole,
you’ll need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricant
to raise the level to the bottomof the filler plug hole.
What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleto determine what
kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
If the levelis below the bottom of the filler plug hole,
you may need to add some lubricant.
When the differential is cold, add enough lubricant
to raise the level to 1/2 inch (12
mm) below the filler
plug hole.
When the differentialis at operating temperature
(warm), add enough lubricantto raise the level to
the bottom of the filler plug hole.
What to Use
What to Use
Use a mixtureof one-half clean water (preferably
distilled) and one-half coolant that meets GM
Specification 1825-M, whichwon’t damage aluminum
parts. You can also use a recycled coolant conforming
to GM Specification 1825-M with a complete coolant
flush and refill.If you use this mixture,you don’t need
to add anything else.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” inthe Index.
Engine Coolant
The following explains your cooling system and
how to add coolant when isit low. If youhave a
problem with engine overheating, see “Engine
Overheating” in the Index.
A 50/50 mixture of water andthe proper coolant will:
0
Give freezing protection down to-33°F (-36°C).
Give boiling protectionup to 258 O F (1 25 C).
O
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
Let the warning lights and gages work as
they should.
Adding only plain water to your cooling system
can be dangerous. Plainwater, or some other
liquid likealcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixturewill. Your vehicle’s coolant
warning systemis set for the proper coolant
mixture. With plain wateror the wrong mixture,
too hot butyou wouldn’t
your engine could get
get the overheat warning.Your engine could
catch fire andyou or otherscould be burned.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean waterand the
proper coolant.
NOTICE:
Checking Coolant
If you use an impropercoolant mixture, your
engine could overheatand be badly damaged.
The repaircost wouldn’t be coveredby your
warranty. Too much water in the mixture can
freeze and crack theengine, radiator, heater core
and other parts.
If you have to add coolant more than
four times a year,
have your dealer check your cooling system.
I NOTICE:
If you use the propercoolant, you don’t have to
add extra inhibitors or additives
which claim to
improve thesystem. These can be harmful.
When your engineis cold, the coolant level should
be at
LOW, or a little higher. When your engine
is warm, the
level should be up to FULL, aorlittle higher.
Adding Coolant
If you need more coolant, add the proper coolant
mixture at the coolant recovery tank.
Radiator Pressure Cap
A CAUTION:
Turning the radiator pressure cap
when the
engine and radiator are hot can
allow steam
and scalding liquidsto blow out andburn you
badly. With the coolantrecovery tank, you will
at the radiator.
almost never have to add coolant
Never turn the radiator pressure cap even a
little when the engine and radiator arehot.
--
--
Add coolant mixture at the recovery tank, but be careful
not to spill it.
*
NOTICE:
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant containsethylene glycol,
and it will burn if the engineparts are hot
a hot engine.
enough. Don't spill coolant on
6-26
Your radiator capis a 13 psi (90 kPa)
pressure-type cap and mustbe tightly installed to
prevent coolantloss and possible engine damage
from overheating. Be sure the arrowson the cap
line up with the overflow tube on the radiator
filler neck.
When you replace your radiator pressure
cap, an [email protected]
cap is recommended.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperatureis controlled bya thermostat
in the engine coolant system.The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat, anAC' thermostat
is recommended.
Power SteeringFluid
When to Check Power Steering Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly check power steering
fluid unless you suspect there is
a leak in the systemor
you hear an unusual noise.A fluid loss in this system
could indicatea problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.
How To Check Power Steering Fluid
When the engine compartment is cool, wipe the cap and
the top of the reservoir clean, then unscrew the cap and
wipe the dipstick witha clean rag. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it. Then remove the
cap again and
look at the fluid level on
the dipstick.
When the engine compartmentis hot, the level should
be at the MAX mark.
6-27
.
when the engine compartmentis cool, the level should
be at the MIN mark.
Windshield Washer Fluid
What to Use
When you need windshield washerfluid, be sure to read
the manufacturer’s instructions before use.If you will be
operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that
has sufficient
protection against freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
What to Use
To determine what kindof fluid to use, see
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper
fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals.
Open the cap with the washer symbol it.onAdd washer
fluid until the tankis full.
6-28
NOTICE:
0
0
0
0
When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions
for
adding water.
Don’t mix water with ready-to-use wasner
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid
tank and
other parts of the washer system. Also,
water doesn’t cleanas well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid
tank only
three-quarters full when it’s very cold. This
allows for expansion if freezing occurs,
which could damage the
tank if it is
completely full.
Don’t use engine coolant (antifreeze) in
your windshield washer.It can damage
your washer system
and paint.
Brakes
Brake Fluid
Your brake master cylinder reservoiris here. It is filled
with DOT-3 brakefluid.
There are only two reasons
why the brake fluid
level in the reservoir might go down. first
The is that
the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level
during normal brake lining wear. When new linings
are put in, the fluid level goes back up.
The other
reason is that fluidis leaking outof the brake system.
If it is, you should have your brake system fixed, since a
leak means that sooner or later your brakes won’t work
well, or won’t workat all.
So, it isn’t a good ideato “top off’ your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak.
If you add fluid
when your liningsare worn, then you’ll havetoo much
fluid when you get new brake linings.
You should add
(or remove) brakefluid, as necessary,only when work
is done on the brake hydraulic system.
If you have too much brake fluid, it spill
can on
the engine. The fluid will burn
if the engine is
hot enough.You or others could be burned,
and your vehicle could be damaged. Add brake
fluid onlywhen work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
Refer tothe Maintenance Schedule to determine when to
check your brake fluid. See “Periodic Maintenance
Inspections” in the Index.
6-30
Checking Brake Fluid
You can check the brake
fluid without takingoff
the cap.
Just look at the brake
fluid reservoir. The fluid
level should be above MIN.
If it isn’t, have your brake
system checked to see
if
there is a leak.
After work is doneon the brake hydraulic system,
make sure the level is above
the MIN but not over
the MAX mark or the top
of the window on the side
of the reservoir.
What to Add
When you do need brakefluid, use only DOT-3
brake fluid -- such as Delco Supreme11 (GM Part
No. 12377967). Use new brakefluid from a sealed
container only.
NOTICE:
@
0
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and
the area
around the cap before removingit. This will help keep
dirt from entering the reservoir.
0
I
With the wrong kind
of fluid in yourbrake
system, yourbrakes may not work well,or they
may not even workat all. This could causea
crash. Always usethe proper brake fluid.
Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
brake system parts.For example, just a few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
oil, in yourbrake system can damage brake
system parts so badly that they’ll haveto be
replaced. Don’t let someone
put in the
wrong kind of fluid.
If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle’s
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful notto spill brake fluid
on your vehicle.If you do, washit off
immediately. See “Appearance Care” in
the Index.
6-31
-
Brake Wear
Some driving conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when the brakes are first applied
or
Your vehicle has front disc brakes and rear drum brakes. lightly applied. This does not mean something
is
wrong with your brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that
make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help
pads are worn and new pads are needed. The sound
prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect
may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle brake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel nuts
in
is moving (except when you are pushing on
the brake
the proper sequence toGM specifications.
pedal firmly).
Your rear drum brakes don’t have wear indicators,
but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise, have the
rear brake linings inspected immediately. Also, the rear
brake drums should be removed and inspected each time
the tires are removed
for rotation or changing. When
The brake wear warning sound means that soon
you have the front brake pads replaced, have the rear
your brakes won’t work well. That could lead to brakes inspected, too.
an accident.When you hear the brake wear
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
axle sets.
See “Brake System Inspection” in Section7 of this
manual under Part C “Periodic Maintenance Inspections.”
NOTICE:
Brake Pedal Travel
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads
could result in costly brake repair.
See your dealerif the brake pedal does not return
to
normal height, orif there is a rapid increasein pedal
travel. This could be a sign
of brake trouble.
6-32
Brake Adjustment
Vehicle Storage
Every time you make a brake
stop, your disc brakes
adjust for wear.
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle
for 25 days
or more, remove the black, negative(-) cable from
the battery.This will help keep your batteryfrom
running down.
Replacing BrakeSystem Parts
The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex.
Its many parts have to be of top
quality and work well
together if the vehicle is to have really good braking. Your
GM
vehicle was designed and tested with top-quality
brake parts.When you replace partsof your braking
system -- for example, when your brake linings wear
down and you have to have new ones put
in -- be sure you
get new approvedGM replacement parts.If you don’t,
your brakes may no longer work properly. For example,
if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your
vehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakes
can change -- for the worse. The braking performance
you’ve come to expect can change
in many other ways
if someone putsin the wrong replacement brakeparts.
Battery
Every new Chevrolet has an ACDelco [email protected] battery.
You never have to add water to one
of these. When it’s
time for a new battery, we recommend an ACDelco
Freedom battery. Get one that has the replacement
number shown on the original battery’s label.
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas
that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting’’ in the Index
for tips on working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Contact your dealerto learn how to prepare your vehicle
for longer storage periods.
Bulb Replacement
Headlamps
See “Replacement Bulbs”in the Index to check the size
and typeof bulb you need to use.
Halogen Bulbs
I
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb.
You or
others could be injured.
Be sure to read and
follow the instructions on the bulb package.
To replace the headlamp bulb:
1. Open the hood.
2. Push in on both sides of the electrical connector. Pull
up and rearward, to disconnect it from the bulb. The
plastic clip on the electrical connector may need to
be lifted gently with a screwdriver.
6-34
3. Turn the lock ring to the left t
elease the bulb.
4. Pull the lock ring and the headlamp bulb straight out.
Save the lock ring, and use
it with the new bulb.
5 . Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Front Parking andlbrn Signal Lamps
3. Push the bulb in, turn itto the left and pullit out.
To replace the parking and turn signal bulb:
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn the bulb socket to the left
and pull it outof the
lamp housing.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Sidemarker Lamps
To replace the sidemarker bulb:
\
1. Push the sidemarker housing towardthe back of the
vehicle torelease the clip and pull out thefront edge.
The housing should pull awayfrom the vehicle.
2. Turn the socket tothe left and pull it out of
the housing.
3. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Rear Sidemarker Lamps
’ - - --
Combination.Lamps
.~
To replace the rear sidemarker bulb:
1. Push the sidemarker housing toward thefront of the
vehicle to release theclip and pull out the rear edge.
The housing should pull away from the vehicle.
2. Turn the socket to the left and pull it outof
the housing.
3. Pull the bulb outof the socket.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
To remove the rear combination bulbs:
1. Remove the two screws from the combination lamps.
6-38
2. Gently pull the housing away from the vehicle.
3. Disconnect the bulb fromits socket by twisting and
then pullingthe bulb out.
4. Reverse the previous step with a newbulb.
5. Replace the housing and the screws.
6-39
Dome Lamp
0
Gently squeeze the dome lamp lens and remove
it
from the lamp assembly.
Poorly maintainedand improperlyused tires
are dangerous.
Overloading your tires can cause
0 Insert a new bulb. Make sure thatit is seated
overheating as a result of too much friction.
properly.
You could havean air-out anda serious
0 Snap the dome lamp lens back into the dome
accident. See “Loading Your Vehicle” in
lamp assembly.
the Index.
Underinflated tires pose the same danger as
Tires
overloaded tires. The resulting accident
Your new vehicle comes with high-quality tires made by
could cause serious injury.
Check all tires
a leadingtire manufacturer. If you ever have questions
frequently to maintain the recommended
about your tire warranty and where to obtain service, see
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked
your Chevrolet Warranty booklet
for details.
when your tiresare cold.
Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut,
punctured or broken by a sudden impact
such aswhen you hit a pothole. Keep tires
at the recommendedpressure.
0 Worn, old tires can causeaccidents. If your
tread is badly worn,or if your tires have
been damaged, replacethem.
0
Remove the bulb by gently opening the retaining
clip and slidingthe bulb out.
--
6-40
Ii
Inflation -- Tire Pressure
The Tire-Loading Information label, which is on the
driver’s doorlock pillar, shows the correct inflation
pressures for your tires when they’re cold. “Cold”
means your vehicle has been
sitting for at least three
hours or driven no more than
1 mile ( 1.6 km).
NOTICE:
Don’t let anyone tellyou that underinflation or
overinflation is all right.It’s not. If your tires
don’t have enoughair (underinflation), you can
get the following:
Too much flexing
Too much heat
Tire overloading
Bad wear
Bad handling
0 Bad fuel economy.
NOTICE: (Continued)
NOTICE: (Continued)
If your tires havetoo much air(overinflation),
you can get the following:
Unusual wear
Bad handling
0 Rough ride
Needless damage from road hazards.
When to Check
Check your tires oncea month or more. Also, check
the tire pressureof the spare tire.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage
to check tire
pressure. You can’t tellif your tires are properly inflated
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even whenthey’re underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve
stems. They help prevent leaks by keeping
out dirt
and moisture.
~~
~~~
~
~
~~
~~
~~
-.
.~~~
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be rotated every6,000 to 8,000 miles
(10 000 to 13 000 km). Any time you notice unusual
wear, rotate your tires as soon as possible and check
wheel alignment. Also check for damaged tires or
wheels. See “When It’s Time for New Tires” and “Wheel
Replacement” later in this section for more information.
The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more
uniform wear for all tireson the vehicle. The first
rotation is the most important. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Index
for scheduled
rotation intervals.
When rotating your tires, always use
one of the correct
rotation patterns shown here.
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and
rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire-Loading
Information label. Make certain that
all wheel nuts
are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” in
the Index.
I
1
J.
4
!
6-42
When It’s Timefor New Tires
Kust or dirton a wheel,or on the parts to which
it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could come off
and cause
an accident. Whenyou change a wheel, remove
any rust or dirt from places where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, you can
use a clothor a paper towel to do this;
but be
sure to use ascraper or wire brush later, if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirtoff. (See
“Changing aFlat Tire” in the Index.)
One way to tell when it’s
time for new tires is to
check the treadwear
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or
less of tread remaining.
You need a new tire if any
of the following statements
are true:
0 You can see the indicators at three or more places
around the tire.
You can see cord or fabric showing through the
tire’s rubber.
0 The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged
deep enough to show cord
or fabric.
The tire has a bump, bulgeor split.
0 The tire has a puncture,cut or other damage that
can’t be repaired well because
of the size or location
of the damage.
Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and
size of tires you need, look at
& CAU’I DN:
the Tire-Loading Information label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when
it was new had
a Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec)
number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC
Spec number. That way
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating,
traction, ride and other things during normal service on
your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
design, theTPC number willbe followed by an“MS”
(for mud and snow).
If you ever replace yourtires with those not havinga
TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
6-44
Mixing tires could causeyou to lose control while
driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
(radial andbias-belted tires), thevehicle may
not handle properly, and
you could have a crash.
Using tires of different sizes may also cause
damage toyour vehicle. Besure to use the same
size and type tireson all wheels.
If you use bias-ply tires on yourvehicle, the
wheel rim flanges could develop cracks
after
many miles of driving. A tire and/orwheel could
fail suddenly, causing a crash. Use only radial-ply
tires with the wheels on yourvehicle.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Treadwear
The following information relates to
the system
developed bythe United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, which grades
tires by
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.)
The
grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger
car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system
does not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use spare tires,
tires with
nominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production tires.
The treadwear gradeis a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded
150 would wear one and
a half (1112) times as well on the government course
as a tire graded100. The relative performanceof
tires depends uponthe actual conditionsof their use,
however, and may depart significantlyfrom the norm
due to variations in
driving habits, service practices
and differences in road characteristics and
climate.
While the tires available on General Motors passenger
cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these
grades, they must also conform
to Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria ( P C ) standards.
Traction
-- A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are A,B,
and C, and they representthe tire’s ability to stop on
wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces
of asphalt
and concrete.A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based
on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not
include cornering (turning) traction.
6-45
--
Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades areA (the highest),B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of
heat and its ability
to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level
of
performance which all passengercar tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levelsof
performance on the laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature gradefor this tireis
established for a tire that
is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation,
or
excessive loading, either separately in
or combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are not
needed. However,if you notice unusual tire wear or
your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment
may need to be reset.If you notice your vehicle
vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels
may need tobe rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel thatis bent, cracked, or badly rusted
or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose,the wheel,
wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replaceit (except some aluminum
wheels, which can sometimesbe repaired). See your
dealer if any of theseconditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind
of wheel you need.
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the
same way as the one it replaces.
If you need to replace anyof your wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new
GM original
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have
the
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts
for your
carefully atthe factory to give you the longest tire life
Chevrolet model.
and best overall performance.
6-46
,A CAUTION:
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel
bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be
dangerous. It could affect thebraking and
handling of your vehicle, make yourtires lose
air andmake you lose control.
You could have
a collision in which you
or others could be
injured. Always use thecorrect wheel, wheel
bolts and wheel nuts for replacement.
Used Replacement Wheels
LA
CAUTION:
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is
dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used
or
how far it’s been driven.It could fail suddenly
and cause an accident. If you have to replace a
wheel, usea new GM original equipmentwheel.
Tire Chains
NOTICE:
NOTICE:
The wrong wheelcan also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling, speedometeror
odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
height, vehicle ground clearance
and tire or tire
chain clearanceto the body and chassis.
Use tire chains only where legal
and only
when you must. Use onlySAE Class “S” type
chains that arethe proper size for your tires.
Install themon the tiresof the drive axle
(four-wheel-drive vehicles can use chains
on both axles).
NOTICE: (Continued)
See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Indexfor
more information.
6-47
I
NOTICE: (Continued)
Tighten themas tightly as possible with the
ends securely fastened. Driveslowly and follow
the chain manufacturer’s instructions.
If you
can hear the chains
contacting yourvehicle,
stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues,
slow down untilit stops. Driving too fast or
spinning thewheels with chainson will
damage your vehicle.
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flame
if you strike a
match or get themon a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
When you use anything from a container to clean your
vehicle, be sureto follow the manufacturer’s warnings
and instructions.And always open your doors or
windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
Never use theseto clean your vehicle:
Gasoline
0
Benzene
0
Naphtha
CarbonTetrachloride
Acetone
0
PaintThinner
0
Turpentine
0
LacquerThinner
Nail Polish Remover
They can all be hazardous-- some more than
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.
you can.
Don’t use anyof these unless this manual says
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
Alcohol
LaundrySoap
Bleach
ReducingAgents
6-48
Cleaning the Insideof Your Vehicle
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid
of dust andloose
dirt. Wipe vinyl, leather, plastic and painted surfaces
with a clean, dampcloth.
Your dealer has two cleaners, Multi-Purpose Interior
Cleaner and Capture Non-SolventDry Spot and Soil
Remover. They willclean normal spots and stainsvery
well. You can get GM-approved cleaning products from
your dealer. (See "Appearance Care and Materials" in
the Index.)
Here are some cleaning tips:
0
Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
0
Clean up stains as soon as you can
0
Carefully scrape off any excess stain.
0
-- before they set.
Use a clean cloth orsponge, and change to a
clean area often.A soft brush may be usedif
stains are stubborn.
If a ring forms after spot cleaning, clean theentire
area immediately or it will set.
Using Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner
on Fabric
1. Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
2. Always clean a whole trim panelor section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
3. Mix powdered cleaner following the directions on
the container label toform thick suds.
4. Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.Don't
saturate the material and
don't rub it roughly.
5. As soon as you've cleaned the section, usea sponge
to remove the suds.
6. Wipe cleaned area with a clean, damp towel or cloth.
7. Wipe with a clean cloth and let dry.
Special Fabric Cleaning Pr-+ms
Fabric Protection
Stains caused by such things as catsup, coffee (black),
egg, fruit, fruit juice, milk, softdrinks, vomit, urine and
blood can be removedas follows:
1. Carefully scrapeoff excess stain, then sponge the
soiled area with cool water.
Your vehicle has upholstery that has been treated with
Scotchgard Fabric Protector, a 3M product. It protects
fabrics by repelling oil and water, whichare the carriers
of most stains. Even with this protection, you still need
to clean your upholstery often to keep
it looking new.
2. If a stain remains, follow the multi-purpose interior
cleaner instructions described earlier.
Further information on cleaning is available by calling
1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6167).
3. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomitor urine,
treat the area with waterhaking
a
soda solution:
1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water.
Cleaning Vinyl
4. Letdry.
Stains caused by candy, icecream, mayonnaise, chili
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.
2. First, clean with cool water and allow to
dry completely.
3. If a stain remains, follow instructions for
Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner.
6-50
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
0
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to removedirt. You
may have to do it more than once.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain
if you don't get themoff quickly. Use a clean cloth
and avinyueather cleaner. See your dealerfor
this product.
Cleaning the Topof the Instrument Panel
Use only mild soap and water to clean
the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones
or
waxes may cause annoying reflections
in the windshield
and even make it difficult to see through
the windshield
under certain conditions.
Cleaning Interior Plastic Components
Use only a mild soap and water solution on a soft
cloth or sponge. Commercial cleaners may affect the
surface finish.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
I
A CAUTION:
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may
cause scratches.Avoid placing decals on the inside
rear
window, since they may have to be scrapedoff later. If
abrasive cleaners are used on the inside
of the rear
window, an electric defogger element may be damaged.
Any temporary license should not
be attached across the
defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outside of the Windshield,
Backglass and Wiper Blades
1
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
If you do, it
may severely weaken them.In a crash, they
might not be able to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild soap and
lukewarm water.
Cleaning Glass Surfaces
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner
(GM
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust
films on
interior glass.
If the windshield is not clear after using the
windshield washer, or if the wiper blade chatters
when running, wax, sapor other material may be on
the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield withGM
Windshield Cleaner, [email protected] (non-scratching
glass cleaning powder),GM Part No. 1050011. The
windshield is cleanif beads do not form when
you rinse
it with water.
Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades
and affect their performance. Clean the blade
by wiping
vigorously with a cloth soaked in full-strength windshield
washer solvent. Then rinse the blade with water.
Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary;
replace blades that look worn.
6-51
Weatherstrips
dry on the surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish
with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel
to
avoid surface scratches and water spotting.
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply
High pressure car washes may cause water
to enter
silicone grease with a clean cloth
at least every six
your
vehicle.
months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent
application may be required. (See “Recommended
Cleaning Exterior LampsLenses
Fluids and Lubricants”in the Index.)
Use lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth and a liquid
Cleaning the Outsideof Your Vehicle
hand, dish orcar washing (mild detergent) soap to clean
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depthexterior lamps and lenses. Follow instructions under
“Washing Your Vehicle.”
of color, gloss retentionand durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing
of your vehicle
The best wayto preserve your vehicle’s finish to
is keep
it clean by washing
it often with lukewarm or cold water. by hand maybe necessary to remove residue from the
paint finish.You can get GM-approved cleaning
Don’t wash your vehiclein the direct raysof the sun.
products from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and
Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Use
Materials” in the Index.)
liquid hand, dish or
car washing (mild detergent) soaps.
You can get GM-approved cleaning products from your Your vehicle hasa “basecoat/clearcoat” paint finish.
The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the
dealer. (See “Appearance Care and Materials” in the
Index.) Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum colored basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes
based, or that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning that are non-abrasive and madefor a basecoatklearcoat
agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to paint finish.
6-52
I NOTICE:
0
Don’t get any vinyl cleaner on the vehicle’s painted
finish; it could leave streaks.
Don’t go through automatic car washes; the canvas
top could be damaged.
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on
a basecoatklearcoat paint finish may dull the
if
The plastic windows are pliable and can be scratched
finish or leave swirl marks.
you don’t take these precautions when you clean them:
Foreign materials suchas calcium chloride and other
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird
droppings, chemicalsfrom industrial chimneys,etc., can
damage your vehicle’s finish
if they remain on painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible.
If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather
and chemicalfallout that can take their toll over a period
of years. You can help tokeep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your vehicle garaged
or covered
whenever possible.
Special Care for CanvasTop and
Plastic Windows
To protect the canvas top:
After you wash the vehicle, make surethe top is
completely dry before you open or remove
it.
0
Wipe off dust with asoft cotton cloth moistened with
clean, cool or lukewarm water. Don’t use a “dry”
cloth. Wipe in one direction only, not backforth.
and
0
To remove frost, snow or ice, use lukewarm water.
Don’t use a scraper or any de-icing
fluids.
0
Wash the windows with a soft cloth and
clean, cool
or lukewarm water. Never use a dry cloth, hot water,
strong soap or detergent, solvents or harsh cleaning
agents. Rinse thoroughly and wipe with a slightly
moist soft, clean cloth.
0
Don’t put any labels, stickersor tape on windows.
It’s hard to remove adhesives
left on the window
when such items are removed.If a sticker or label
must be removed, remove any adhesive left on the
window while the adhesive is stillsoft and sticky.
Press on a new sticker or piece of tape and then
lift
it off again; keep doing this until all
the adhesive
lifts off with the sticker or tape.
6-53
Cleaning Aluminum Wheels
(If Equipped)
Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A wax
may then be applied.
The surface of these wheels is similarto the painted
surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong
soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners
or
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
damage the surface.
Don’t take your vehicle through an automatic
car wash
that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. These
brushes can also damage the surface
of these wheels.
6-54
Cleaning Tires
To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
NOTICE:
When applying a tire dressing always take care to
wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted
surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle.
Petroleum-based products may damage the paint
finish.
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
Finish Damage
Chemical Paint Spotting
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create
Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratchesin the finish
fall upon
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode a chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can
and attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This
quickly and may develop
into a major repair expense.
damage can take two
forrns: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
Minor chips and scratchescan be repaired with touch-up
discolorations, and small irregular dark
spots etched
materials availablefrom your dealeror other service
into the paint surface.
outlets. Larger areasof finish damage can be corrected
Although no defect inthe paint job causes this,
in your dealer’s body and paint shop.
Chevrolet will repair,at no charge to the owner,
the
Underbody Maintenance
surfaces of new vehicles damaged by
this fallout
condition within 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km)
Chemicals usedfor ice and snow removal anddust
of purchase, whichever occursfirst.
control can collect on the underbody. If these are
not removed, accelerated corrosion(rust) can occur
on the underbody parts such as fuel
lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system even though they have
corrosion protection.
At least every spring,flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud
and otherdebris can collect. Dirt packed in closed areas
of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
Your dealer or an underbody car washing system cando
this for you.
6-55
Appearance Care Materials Chart
~~
SIZE
DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER USAGE
Polishing
in.
25
994954
xin.
Cloth
23
- Wax
Treated
Exterior
polishing
cloth
1050172
16
oz. (0.473
Tar
L)
and
Road
Oil
Remover
Removes
tar,
road
oil
and
asDhalt
oz. (0.473 L)
Chrome Cleaner and Polish Use on chrome, stainless steel, nickel, copper and
bras7
1050173
16
Removes soil and black marks from whitewalls
16 oz. (0.473 L) White Sidewall Tire Cleaner
1050174
Cleans vinyl tops, upholstery and convertible tops
1050214
32
oz. (0.946 L)
Vinyl Cleaner
Removes dirt, grime, smoke and fingerprints
oz. (0.680 L)
Glass Cleaner
1050427
23
Cleans and lightly waxes
1052870
16
oz. (0.473 L)
Wash Wax Concentrate
Protects leather, wood, acrylics, Plexiglas
" ,plastic,
1052918""
8 oz. (0.237 L)
Armor All" Protectant
vinvl and rubber
Multi-Purpose
Interior
Cleans
carpets,
seats,
interior
trim,
door
panels
1052925
16
oz. (0.473 L)
mats
floor
and
Cleaner
1052929
16
oz. (0.473 L)
water
with
rinse
Wheel
and
Cleaner
Spray
on
- 1052930
I 8 oz. (0.237 L) II Capture
Dry
Spot
Remover
II
Attracts,
absorbs
and
removes
soils
12345002
I 16 oz. (0.473 L) I ArmorAll Cleaner I Cleansandshinesvariety
a
of
surface
types
-1234572
1
I 2.5 sq. ft. II
Synthetic
Chamois
II
Shines
vehicle
without
scratching;
12345725
I 12 oz. (0.354 L) I
Shine
Silicone
Tire
I
shine
tire on
Spray
- 12377964
I 16 oz. (0.473 L) I
Finish
Enhancer
I Removes
dust,
fingerprints
and
surface
contaminants
Removes light scratches and oxidation and protects finish
12377966
16
oz. (0.473 L)
Cleaner Wax
Removes contaminants, blemishes and swirl marks
12377984
16
oz. (0.473 L)
Surface
Cleaner
** Not recommended for use on instrument panel vinyl.
See your General MotorsParts Department for these products.
See
Lubricants"
"Fluids and
Index. in the
_ _
_
_
~~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A
I
.
.
I
I
I
I
L
TM
I
I
I
v
I
I
I
I
I
I
c
6-56
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0
the model designation,
0
paint information and
0
a list of all production options and
special equipment.
Be surethat this labelis not removed from the vehicle.
f
E N G l N E A 9 8
CODE
MODEL YEAR
ASSEMBLY
PLANT
This is the legal identifierfor your vehicle.It appears on
a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel, on the
driver’s side.You can seeit if you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle.The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels andthe certificates of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The 8th character in your VIN is the engine
code. This
code will help you identify your engine, specifications
and replacement parts.
Electrical System
Add-on Electrical Equipment
I NOTICE:
-
Don’t add anything electrical to your vehicle
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
electrical equipment can damageyour vehicle
and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment
can keep other components from working
as
they should.
Service Parts Identification Label
You’ll find this label inside theglove box on the door.
It’s very helpful if you ever need to order parts. On
this label is:
Your vehicle has anair bag system. Before attemptingto
add anything electricalto your vehicle,see “Servicing
Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle”in the Index.
yourVIN,
6-57
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from
short circuitsby fuses, circuit breakers and thermal links
in the wiring itself. This greatly reduces the chance
of
fires caused by electrical problems.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the
band is brokenor melted, replacethe fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse with a new of
one
the correct size.
If you ever have a problem on the road and
don't have a
spare fuse,you can borrow one. Just pick some feature
of your vehicle that you can get along without
-- like the
radio or cigarette lighter-- and use itsfuse, if it is the
size you need. Replaceit as soon as you can.
Before replacing afuse, turn every vehicle electrical
switch off.
There are twofuse blocks in your vehicle: the
instrument panel fuse block and the engine
compartment fuse block.
6-58
This fuse box is under the leftside of the instrument
panel. The fuses here protect each separate circuit
including headlamps. If you have electrical failure,
check here first.
Fuse
Usage
6
Door Lock (Option)
7
Lighter, Radio
8
Ignition System, Warning and Indicator
Lights, Gages,Four-wheel Drive
System (Option)
9
Turn Signal Flasher, Back-up Lamps
10
Wiperwasher
11
Rear Defogger
Empty 1
12
Heater
2
13
Empty
14
Empty
Fuse
3
Usage
Dome Lamp, Sidemarker Lamps, Parking
Lamps, License Plate Lamp, Instrument
Panel Illumination
4
Stoplamps, Horn
5
Hazard Lamps
Please note, fuses for the air bags are located
instrument panelfuse block.
YI IO
me
6-59
__
1
Main Fuse Block
Fuse
The main fusebox in your engine compartment protects
all electrical loads.
For access to the main fuses, pull
off the cover. A spare
fuse is also insidethe fuse box.
6-60
BATT
ABS
IG
LAMP
Usage
All Electrical Load
Anti-Lock Brake System
Ignition, Lighter, Radio,WiperNasher,
Rear Defogger,Turn Signals, Back-up
Lamps, Heater
Taillamps, DomeLamp,Stop Lamps,
Horn, Hazard Lamps
Left Side Headlamp
Right Side Headlamp
Fuel Injection System
Air Conditioning
Replacement Bulbs
Back-up Lamp ..........................
1156
Dome . . . . . . . .GM Part No. 9605 1559 or equivalent
Front Parking and Turn Signal. . . . . . . . . . . 1157 NA
Headlamp(Halogen) ................. HB19004
Rear Hazard and Turn Signal ............... 1156
Rear Parking and Stop ....................
1157
Sidemarker ..............................
194
Capacities and Specifications
Engine
Type
Compression Ratio
Firing Order
Horsepower
Fuel Delivery
Piston Displacement
Valve Arrangement
AC Belt Tension
LJ4
9.5: 1
1-3-4-2
95
Fuel Injection
97 CID (1.6L)
In-Head “V” Type
Deflect Belt 0.24-0.3inch
(0.6-0.9 cm) @ 22 lbs.
( 10 kg) Pressure
Fan
Belt
Tension
Deflect
Belt
0.24-0.32
inch
Inspection
(0.6-0.8
cm)
lbs.
@ 22
(10 kg) Pressure
Fan
Belt
Tension
Deflect
Belt
0.20-0.28
inch
Replacement
(0.5-0.7 cm) @lbs.
22
(10 kg) Pressure
Thermostat Temperature 1 80°F (82 C)
Specification
O
Replacement Parts
Air Cleaner Filter
13780-58B20
Battery
26R-50s
Engine Oil Filter
GM PartNo. 25014441
Fuel Filter
AC Type GF571
PCV Valve
GM Part No. 96058079
or equivalent
Radiator PressureCap
13 psi (90 Wa)
Spark Plug
NGK: BKR6E
N D : k2OPR-U
6-61
Capacities (Approximate)
The following approximate capacities are given in
English and metric conversions.
Air Conditioning . . See the refrigerant information
label under the hood and
“Air Conditioning Refrigerants”
at the endof this section.
Automatic Transmission-Drain and Refill
3 Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 quarts (2.8L)*
4 Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 quarts (2.5 L)
Cooling System
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 5.5 quarts (5.2 L)
ManualTransmission . . . . . . . . . 5.6 quarts (5.3 L)
Crankcase
With Filter Change . . . . . . . . . 4.5 quarts (4.2 L)**
FrontDifferential . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 quarts ( 1.O L)
6-62
Fuel Tank
Two-Door Convertible . . . . . . . 11.O gallons (42L)
Four-Door Hardtop . . . . . . . . . . 14.5 gallons(55 L)
Manual Transmission
Four-wheel Drive ........... 1.6 quarts (1.5L)*
Two-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 quarts (1.9 L)*
Rear Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 quarts (2.2 L)
TransferCase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 quarts (1.7 L)
* Recheck fluid level after filling. See “Automatic
Transmission Fluid” or “Manual Transmission Fluid” in
the Index.
** When changingthe oil filter, additional oil may be
needed. Recheck the oil level afterfilling. See “Engine
Oil” in the Index.
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Wheel Nuts
Wheel Nut Torque
.............
60 lb-ft (80 N-m)
Vehicle Dimensions
Wheelbase
Two-Door Convertible ..... -86.6 inches (220 cm)
Four-Door Hardtop ........ .97.6 inches (248 cm)
Tread
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -54.9 inches (139 cm)
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55.1 inches (140 cm)
Length
Two-Door Convertible . . . . . 143.7 inches(365 cm)
Four-Door Hardtop . . . . . . . . 158.7 inches (403 cm)
Width
Two-Door Convertible . . . . . -64.2 inches (163 cm)
Four-Door Hardtop . . . . . . . . -64.4 inches (164 cm)
Height
Two-Door Convertible
Two-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . .64.3 inches (163 cm)
Four-wheel Drive ....... -65.1 inches (165 cm)
Four-Door Hardtop
Two-WheelDrive . . . . . . ..65.7 inches (167 cm)
Four- Wheel Drive . . . . . . ..66.5 inches ( 169 cm)
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same.
If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, besure the proper refrigerantis used. If
you’re not sure, ask your dealer.
See the refrigerant charge label under the hood
for
information regarding refrigerant capacity.
b NOTES
6-64
b
NOTES
b% NOTES
6-66
0 Section 7
MaintenanceSchedule
This section covers the maintenance required
for your vehicle. Your vehicle needs these services to retain
its safety,
dependability and emission control performance.
7-2
7-4
7-5
7-5
7-6
7-7
Introduction
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services
Short TripKity Definition
Short TripKity Intervals
Long Tripklighway Definition
Long Tripmighway Intervals
7-8
7-3 1
7-47
7-5 1
7-53
7-55
Short Trip/City
Maintenance
Schedule
Long Tripmighway MaintenanceSchedule
Part B: OwnerChecksandServices
PartC:PeriodicMaintenanceInspections
Part D: RecommendedFluids and Lubricants
Part E: MaintenanceRecord
Introductic
I
I
Your Vehicle and the Environment
KEEP ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER
LEVEL AND CHANGE AS
RECOMMENDED
IMPORTANT:
protectjon
-I
I
Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your
vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even
affect the qualityof the air we breathe. Improper fluid
levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase
the level
of emissions from your vehicle.To help protect our
environment, and to keep your vehicle
in good
condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.
How This Section is Organized
The remainderof this section is divided into
five parts:
Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan
supplements your new vehicle warranties. See your
Warranty andOwner Assistance booklet, or your
Chevrolet dealer for details.
7-2
“Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services”shows
what to have done and how often. Some
of these
services can be complex,
so unless you are technically
qualified and have the necessary equipment,
you should
let your dealer’s service department or another qualified
service center do these
jobs.
Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can
be dangerous.In trying to do some jobs, you can
be seriously injured.Do your own maintenance
work onIy if you have the required know-how
and the proper tools and equipment for the job.
If you have any doubt, have
a qualified
technician do the work.
If you are skilled enough to
do some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information. See “Service and Owner Publications” in
the Index.
“Part B: Owner Checksand Services” tells you
what should be checked and when. It also explains
what you can easilydo to help keep your vehicle in
good condition.
“Part C : Periodic Maintenance Inspections”
explains important inspections that your dealer’s
service department or another qualified service center
should perform.
“Part D: Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants”
lists some recommended products to help
keep your
vehicle properly maintained. These products,
or their
equivalents, should be used whether
you do the work
yourself or have it done.
“Part E: Maintenance Record”provides a placefor
you to recordthe maintenance performedon your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenanceis performed, be
sure to writeit down in this part. This will
help you
determine when your next maintenance should
be done.
In addition,it is a good idea to keep your maintenance
receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle
for warranty repairs.
Part A: Scheduled
Maintenance Services
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
We at General Motors want to help you keep your
vehicle in good working condition. But we don’t
know exactly how you’ll drive it.You may drive very
short distances only a few times a week.you
Ormay
drive long distances all the time in very hot, dusty
weather. You may useyour vehicle in making deliveries.
Or you may driveit to work, todo errands or inmany
other ways.
that GM-trained and supported service people will
perform the work using genuine GM
parts.
The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in
Part D. Make sure whoever services your vehicle
uses these. All parts should be replaced and all
necessary repairs done before you or anyone
else
drives the vehicle.
These schedules arefor vehicles that:
carry passengers and cargo within recommended
limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
Tire-Loading Information label. See “Loading Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
Because of all the different ways people use their
are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.You may even need
driving limits.
more frequent checks and replacements than you’ll find
0 use the recommended fuel. See “Fuel” in the Index.
in the schedules in this section.
So please read this
section and note how you drive.
If you have any
Selecting the Right Schedule
questions on how to keep your vehicle
in good
condition, see your dealer.
First you’ll need to decide which
of the two schedules
This part tells you the maintenance services you should is right for your vehicle. Here’s how to decide which
schedule to follow:
have done and when you should schedule them.
If you
go to your dealer for your service needs, you’ll know
7-4
Maintenance Schedule
I Short Trip/City Definition
I
1
Follow the Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule if
any one of these conditionsis true for your vehicle:
Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
Most trips includeextensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
You frequently tow a trailer or use carrier
a
on top
of your vehicle.
If the vehicle is usedfor delivery service, police, taxi
or other commercial application.
One of the reasonsyou should follow this schedule
if you operate your vehicle under any of these
conditions is that theseconditions cause engine
oil to break down soonex
I Short Trip/City Intervals
Every 3,000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and
Filter Change (or3 months, whichever occursfirst).
Free-Wheeling Hubs Inspection (if equipped)
(or 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
Every 6,000 Miles (10 000 km): Tire Rotation.
Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Inspection, if driving in dusty conditions. Front
Wheel Bearing Repack(2WD only) (or at each
brake relining, whichever occursfirst). Automatic
Transmission Service (severe conditions only).
Manual Transmission Fluid Change. Transfer Case
Fluid Change. Differential Fluid Change. Engine
Idle
Speed Check.Valve Lash (Clearance) Adjustment.
Propeller Shafts and U-Joints Inspection(or every
15 months, whichever occurs
fist).
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. SparkPlug Replacement. Engine
Accessory Drive Belt Inspection (or every
24 months,
whichever occursfirst). Cooling System Service
(or every30 months, whichever occursfirst). Fuel
Filter Replacement(or every 30 months, whichever
occurs first).
(Continued)
Maintenance Schedule
I
TripKity
Intervals
Short
I
Every 45,000 Miles (75 000 km): Automatic
Transmission Fluid Hose Replacement (or every
45 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Positive Crankcase
Ventilation (PCV) Valve Replacement.
Every 60,000 Miles (100000 km): Engine Timing
and Distributor Check. Fuel Tank Cap Gasket
Replacement. Emission System Hoses Inspection.
Camshaft Timing Belt Replacement. Brake Fluid
Service. Spark Plug Wire Replacement (or every
60 months, whichever occurs first). Wiring Harness
and Connectors Inspection (or every60 months,
whichever occursfirst).
At 90,000 Miles (150 000 km): Camshaft Timing
Belt Inspection.
Every 100,000 Miles (166000 km): Automatic
Transmission Service (normal conditions). Fuel
Injector Inspection. Evaporative Emissions
Canister Replacement.
These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Be sure to followthe complete maintenance schedule
on the following pages.
7-6
{Long Trip/Highway Definition
Follow this maintenance scheduleonly if none of
the conditions from the Short
TripKity Maintenance
Schedule is true. Do not use this schedule
if the vehicle
is used for trailer towing, drivenin a dusty area or used
off paved roads. Use the Short
TripKity schedule for
these conditions.
Driving a vehicle with filly
a warmed engine
under highway conditions causes engine oil
to
break down slowel:
Maintenance Schedule
TriplHighway
Long
Intervals
I
Every 7,500 Miles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or every7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
Free-Wheeling Hubs Inspection (if equipped) (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Tire Rotation.
Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Automatic
Transmission Service (severe conditions only).
Engine Idle Speed Check. Valve Lash (Clearance)
Adjustment. Propeller Shafts and U-Joints Inspection
(or every 15 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection (or every 24 months, whichever
occurs first). Cooling System Service (or every
30 months, whichever occurs first). Spark Plug
Replacement. Air CleanerFilter Replacement. Fuel
Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection. Front Wheel Bearing
Repack (2WD only)(or at each brake relining,
whichever occurs first). Manual Transmission Fluid
Change. Transfer Case Fluid Change. Differential
Fluid Change. Fuel Filter Replacement (or every
30 months, whichever occursfirst).
Long Tripmighway Intervals
Every 45,000 Miles (75000 km): Automatic
Transmission Fluid Hose Replacement (or every
45 months, whichever occursfirst).
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Positive Crankcase
Ventilation (PCV) Valve Replacement.
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000km): Engine Timing
and Distributor Check. Fuel Tank Cap Gasket
Replacement. Emission System Hoses Inspection.
Camshaft Timing Belt Replacement. Spark Plug
Wire Replacement (or every60 months, whichever
occurs first). Wiring Harness and Connectors
Inspection (or every60 months, whichever occurs
first). Brake Fluid Service.
At 90,000 Miles (150 000 km): Camshaft Timing
Belt Inspection.
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Automatic
Transmission Service (normal conditions). Fuel
Injector Inspection. Evaporative Emissions
Canister Replacement.
These intervalsonly summarize maintenance services.
Be sure to follow the complete maintenance scheduleon
the following pages.
7-7
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
The services shown in this schedule up to
100,000 miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the same intervals.
See “Owner Checks and Services” and “Periodic
Maintenance Inspections” following.
I
Footnotes
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agencyor the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to
the completion of the vehicle’s usefullife. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and
the maintenance
be recorded.
+ A good
time to checkyour brakes is during tire
rotation. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic
Maintenance Inspections” in PartC of this schedule.
7-8
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
3,000 Miles (5000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlService.
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
6,000 Miles (10 000 km)
[7 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace if necessary.
9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replaceif necessary.
DATE
I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
DATE
I
I SERVICEDBY: I
I
MILEAGE
I DATE
I
MILEAGE
7-9
I
ShortTYiplCityMaintenanceSchedule
I
12,000 Miles (20 000 km)
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
c] Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect air cleanerfilter if you are drivingin dusty conditions. Replace
filter if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean and repack the front wheel
bearings (or at each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
0 Change automatic transmission fluid andfilter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under oneor more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
1
DATE
MILEAGE
I DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I
SERVICED BY:
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
- Uses such as found in taxi, policeor delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, change thefluid
andfilter every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
Change manual transmission fluid.
0 Change transfer case fluid.
0 Change differential fluid.
0 Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Check engine idle speed and adjustit to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote?.)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair
or replace as necessary.
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occursfirst). Inspect more frequentlyif used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint
flange bolts if necessary.
18,000 Miles (30 000 km)
I DATE
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
I
An Emission ControlService.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
(Continued)
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I SERVICEDBY I
7-11
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
18,000 Miles (30 000 km) (Continued)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operationtor every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repairor replace if necessary.
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
I DATE
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
I
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replaceif necessary.
24,000 Miles (40 000 km)
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I
I SERVICEDBY: I
DATE
0 Change engine oil and filter(or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace if necessary.
27,000 Miles (45 000 km)
I DATE
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
I
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair
or replace if necessary.
7-12
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I
I SERVICEDBY: I
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
I DATE
I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect engine accessorydrive belts (or every 24 months, whichever
occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every
30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” inthe Index for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean and repackthe front wheel
bearings (or at each brakerelining, whichever occurs first).
0 Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect fueltank, cap and lines for damage or leaks. Inspectfuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
(Continued)
7-13
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
30,000 Miles (50 000 km) (Continued)
if vehicle is mainly driven
0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter the
under one or more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
I f you do not useyour vehicle under any of these conditions, change the
fluid
and filter every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” the
in Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
Change manual transmission fluid.
CI Change transfercase fluid.
0 Change differential fluid.
Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
Replace fuelfilter (or every 30 months, whichever occurs first, or sooner
if
filter is clogged).
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote“f )
it to underhood label specifications.
0 Check engine idle speed and adjust
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote?.)
7-14
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace as necessary.
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occursfirst). Inspect more frequentlyif used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint flange bolts
if necessary.
33,000 Miles (55 000 km)
DATE
I
DATE
I
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
36,000 Miles (60 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every3 monms, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
7-15
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
39,000 Miles (65 000 km)
Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace if necessary.
42,000 MiZes (70000 km)
Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace if necessary.
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
I7 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Sewice.
13 For Tw-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean and repack thefront wheel
bearings (or at each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
0 Replace automatic transmission fluid hose (or every
45 months, whichever
occurs first).
7-16
I DATE
I
MILEAGE
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I DATE
MILEAGE
I
I
SERVICEDBY:
I
I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule 1
0 Change automatic transmission fluid and
filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
~
I
under one or more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic wherethe outside temperature regularly reaches
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequenttrailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, change the fluid
and filter every IO0,OOO miles (166 000 k m ) .
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are drivingin dusty conditions. Replace
filter if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Change manual transmission fluid.
I7 Change transfercase fluid.
0 Change differential fluid.
0 Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Check engine idle speed and adjust it to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service. (Seefootnote?.)
Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace as necessary.
(Continued)
7-17
I
ShortTriplCityMaintenanceSchedule
I
45,000 Miles (75 000 km) (Continued)
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occursfirst). Inspect more frequently if used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint flange bolts if necessary.
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation’’ in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repairor replace if necessary.
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
0 Replace Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve. Replace any
worn,
plugged or collapsed hoses.
An Emission Control Service.
51,000 Miles (85 000 km)
Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
7-18
DATE
I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
DATE
I
I SERVICXDBY: I
I
MILEAGE
I DATE
I
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whicheveroccurs first). Repair or replace if necessary.
54,000 Miles (90 000 km)
I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 m ths, whichever occurs first).
I
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation’’ in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See
footnote +.)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace
if necessary.
57,000 Miles (95 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
60,000 Miles (LOO 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
i
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I DATE
I
I SERVICEDBY: I
I
MILEAGE
DATE
I
An Emission Control Service.
0 For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean and repack thefront wheel
bearings (or at each brake relining, whichever occurs
first).
Lonnnuea)
7-19
1
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued)
0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter the
if vehicle is mainly driven
under one or moreof these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as foundin taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not useyour vehicle under anyof these conditions, change the
fluid
and filter every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
0 Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every
24 months, whichever
occurs first).
An Emission ControlSewice.
0 Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index
for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Replace spark plug wires (or every60 months, whichever occursfirst),
An Emission ControlService.
7-20
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
17 Inspect the underhood wiring harness for loose connections,
chafed wires and
damage (or every 60 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Drain, refill and bleed the brake system.
0 Replace the camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote ?.)
0 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect fuel tank, cap and linesfor damage or leaks. Inspectfuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” inthe Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See
footnote +.)
0 Replace fuel filter (or every 30 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Change manual transmission fluid.
0 Change transfer casefluid.
Change differential fluid.
0 Inspect the valve lash and adjustif necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
7-21
I Short TripKity MaintenanceSchedule I
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued)
0 Check engine idle speed and adjust
it to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace as necessary.
0 Adjust engine timing to underhood label specifications. Inspect the inside and
outside of the distributor cap and rotor
for cracks, carbon tracking and
corrosion. Clean or replace as needed.
An Emission ControlService.
0 Inspect emission system hoses and replaceas necessary.
An Emission ControlService. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first). Inspect more frequently if used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint
flange bolts if necessary.
63,000 Miles (105000 km)
I7 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace
if necessary.
7-22
DATE
MILEAGE
I
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
66,000 Miles (110 000 km)
DATE
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See
footnote +.)
El Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation(or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
I
I
I
I
I
69,000 Miles (115 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
MILEAGE
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
72,000 Miles (120 000 km)
1
I
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
I
I
I
7-23
I ShortTrip/CityMaintenanceSchedule 1
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
O Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean and repack the front wheel
bearings (or at each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter
if the vehicleis mainly driven
under one or moreof these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90 O F (32 C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not useyour vehicle under any of these conditions, change thefluid
and filter every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
0 Inspect air cleaner filterif you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace
filter if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Change manual transmission fluid.
0 Change transfer case fluid.
0 Change differential fluid.
0 Inspect the valve lash and adjust
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
O
7-24
DATE
MILEAGE
I
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
0 Check engineidle speed and adjustit to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace as necessary.
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occursfirst). Inspect more frequentlyif used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-jointflange bolts if necessary.
78,000 Miles (130 000 km)
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” the
in Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped) for correct operation(or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace if necessary.
81,000 Miles (135 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Sewice.
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation(or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if nece,ssary.
DATE
I
MILEAGE
DATE
MILEAGE
7-25
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
84,000 Miles (I40 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace if necessary.
87,000 Miles (I45 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replaceif necessary.
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Sewice.
For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean and repack the
front wheel
bearings (or at each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
0 Replace automatic transmission fluid hose (orevery 45 months, whichever
occurs first).
7-26
I DATE
I
MILEAGE
I DATE
I
I DATE
I
ACTUAL I SERVICEDBY: I
I MILEAGE
MILEAGE
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
0 Change automatic transmission fluid and
filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or moreof these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, change thefluid
and filter every 100,000 miles (166 000km).
0 Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every 24 months, whichever
occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
17 Inspect camshaft timingbelt.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote T.)
0 Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant”in the Indexfor what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressurecap and neck. Pressure testthe cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
7-27
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
90,000 Miles (150 000 km) (Continued)
Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission ControlService.
0 Inspect fuel tank,cap and linesfor dam&ge Or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission ControlService. (See footnote?.)
in Index for proper
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” the
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Change manual transmission fluid.
0 Change transfer case fluid.
Change differential fluid.
0 Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary.
An Emission ControlService.
Replace fuelfilter (or every 30 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
it to underhood label specifications.
0 Check engine idle speed and adjust
An Emission ControlService. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace as necessary.
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage(or every
15 months, whichever occurs first). Inspect more frequently
if used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint flange boltsif necessary.
7-28
I
Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule
I
93,000 Miles (155 000 km)
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
96,000 Miles (160 000 km)
DATE
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Sewice.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I DATE
0 Change engine oil andfiiter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replaceif necessary.
SERVICED BY:
1
I SERVICEDBY: I
I
MILEAGE
7-29
~
.
I
Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
I
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0 If you haven’t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed
previously and, therefore, haven’t changed your automatic transmission
fluid, change both thefluid and filter.
0 Replace Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve. Replace any
worn,
plugged or collapsed hoses.
An Emission ControlService.
0 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system.
An Emission ControlService.
0 Inspect fuel injector.
An Emission Control Sewice.
0 Replace evaporative emissions canister.
An Emission ControlService.
7-30
DATE
I
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
The services shown in this schedule up to100,000 miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km)at the same intervals.
See “Owner Checks andServices” and “Periodic
Maintenance Inspections” following.
Footnotes
‘f The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warrantyor limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals andthe maintenance
be recorded.
+ A good time to check your brakes
is during tire
rotation. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic
Maintenance Inspections”in Part C of this schedule.
Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
7,500 Miles (I2
500
km)
I DATE
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission ControlService.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation’’theinIndex for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replaceif necessary.
15,000 Miles (25000 km)
Control
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission
Service.
0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or moreof these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as foundin taxi, police or delivery service.
lfyou do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, change thefluid
and filter every 100,000 miles ( I 66 000 km).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
7-32
MILEAGE
I
1 LongTrip/HighwayMaintenanceSchedule I
Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
0 Inspect the valve lash and adjustif necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Check engine idle speed and adjust
it to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occursfirst). Inspect more frequentlyif used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint flange bolts
if necessary.
22,500 Miles (37 500 km)
I DATE
I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace if necessary.
30,000 Miles (50 000km)
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
7-33
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
30,000 Miles (50 000 km) (Continued)
0 For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean and repack the front wheel
bearings (or at each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
0 Change automatic transmission fluid andfilter if the vehicleis mainly driven
under one or more
of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic wherethe outside temperature regularly reaches
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not useyour vehicle underany of these conditions, change the
fluid
and filter every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every
24 months, whichever
occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every
30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant”in the Index for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressurecap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote“f)
7-34
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
0 Replace spark plugs.An Emission Control Service.
0 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect fuel tank, cap andlines for damage or leaks. Inspectfuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace partsas needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Change manual transmission fluid.
0 Change transfer case fluid.
0 Change differential fluid.
0 Replace fuel filter (or every 30 months, whichever occursfirst, or sooner if
filter is clogged).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote"f)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
0 Inspect the valve lash and adjustif necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Check engineidle speed and adjustit to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote"f)
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occursfist). Inspect more frequentlyif used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint flange bolts
if necessary.
7-35
Long TripMighway Maintenance Schedule
37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
I DATE
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every
7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace
if necessary.
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
17 Replace automatic transmission fluid hose (or
every 45 months, whichever
occurs first).
0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter
if the vehicleis mainly driven
under one or moreof these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, policeor delivery service.
I f you do not useyour vehicle under anyof these conditions, change thefluid
and filter every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
7-36
DATE
I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I SERVICEDBI
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
’
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”
in the Index for proper
+.)
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
Check engine idle speed and adjust it to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs
first). Inspect more frequentlyif used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint
flange bolts if necessary.
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
I DATE
0 Replace Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve. Replace any
worn,
plugged or collapsed hoses.
An Emission Control Service.
52,500 Miles (87 500 km)
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I
SERVICED BY:
I DATE
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
I
SERVICED BY:
(Continued)
7-37
52,500 Miles (87500 km) (Continued)
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace
if necessary.
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
17 Change engine oil and filter(or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean and repack the front wheel
bearings (orat each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
if the vehicleis mainly driven
CI Change automatic transmission fluid and filter
under oneor more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic wherethe outside temperature regularly reaches
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
I f you do not useyour vehicle under anyof these conditions, change the
fluid
and filter every 100,000 miles (166 000 km).
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
7-38
DATE
I
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
I
I SERVICEDBY: I
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
0 Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every24 months, whichever
occurs first). An Emission Control Service.
0 Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index
for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
17 Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines andany hoses for damage. Replace fuel tank
cap gasket.An Emission Control Service. (See footnote “f)
0 Change manual transmission fluid.
0 Change transfer casefluid.
0 Change differential fluid.
0 Replace fuel filter (or every 30 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace as necessary.
(Continued)
7-39
1
Long TripMighway Maintenance Schedule
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued)
0 Inspect the valve lash and adjust
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Check engine idle speed and adjust
it to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote?.)
0 Adjust engine timing to underhood label specifications. Inspect the inside and
outside of the distributor cap and rotor for cracks, carbon tracking and
corrosion. Cleanor replace as needed.
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect emission system hoses and replaceas necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?’.)
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-joints for looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first). Inspect more frequently if used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint flange bolts if necessary.
0 Inspect the underhood wiring harness for loose connections, chafed wires and
damage (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote?.)
0 Replace the camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote“f)
0 Replace spark plug wires(or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Drain, refill and bleed the brake system.
7-40
1 Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
67,500 Miles (112 500 km)
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Change automatic transmission fluid and
filter if the vehicleis mainly driven
under one or more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches
90O F (32O C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
I f you do not use your vehicle underany of these conditions, change the
fluid
and filter every 100,000 miles (I66 000 km).
(Continued)
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
75,000 Miles (125 000 km) (Continued)
0 Rotate tires.See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace
if necessary.
0 Inspect the valve lash and adjust
if necessary.
An Emission ControlService.
Check engine idle speed and adjust
it to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage(or every
15 months, whichever occursfirst). Inspect more frequentlyif used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint flange bolts
if necessary.
82,500 Miles (I37 500 km)
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission ControlService.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote
+.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (or every
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair
or replace if necessary.
7-42
DATE
MILEAGE
I
Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
I DATE
I
Change engine oil andfilter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Clean and repack
the front wheel
bearings (or at each brake relining, whichever occurs first).
Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every
24 months, whichever
occurs first). An Emission Control Service.
0 Replace automatic transmission fluid hose (or every
45 months, whichever
occurs first).
0 Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote"f)
Change automatic transmission fluid and
filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reacnes
90°F (32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do notuse your vehicle under any of these conditions, change thefluid
andfilter every l00,OOO miles (166 000 km).
(Continued)
7-43
I
w
a
y Maintenance Schedule
I
90,000 Miles (150 000 km) (Continued)
0 Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index
for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Inspect fuel tank,cap and lines and any hoses for damage or leaks. Replace
fuel tankcap gasket.
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote?.)
Change manual transmission fluid.
Change transfer case fluid.
Change differential fluid.
Replace fuel filter (or every 30 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.(See footnote?.)
for correct operation (or every
0 Inspect the locking front hubs (if equipped)
3 months, whichever occurs first). Repair or replace
if necessary.
7-44
1 LongTripmighwayMaintenanceSchedule I
Inspect the valve lash and adjust
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service.
Check engine idle speed and adjustit to underhood label specifications.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote”f)
0 Inspect propeller shafts and u-jointsfor looseness and damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first). Inspect more frequently if used off-road
or for pulling a trailer. Tighten u-joint flange bolts
if necessary.
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index
for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See
footnote +.)
97,500 Miles (162 500 km)
I DATE
Change engine oil andfilter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” inthe Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote+.)
0 Inspect the lockingfront hubs (if equipped) for correct operation (orevery
3 months, whichever occursfirst). Repair or replace if necessary.
7-45
Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
0 If you haven’t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed
previously and, therefore, haven’t changed your automatic transmission fluid,
change both thefluid and filter.
0 Replace Positive Crankcase Ventilation(PCV) valve. Replace anyworn,
plugged or collapsed hoses.
An Emission ControlService.
0 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation(EGR) system.
An Emission ControlService.
Inspect fuel injector.
An Emission ControlService.
0 Replace evaporative emissions canister.
An Emission ControlService.
7-46
DATE
MILEAGE
1
Part B: Owner Checks and Services
Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check
Listed below are owner checks and services which
should be performed at
the intervals specified to help
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control
performance of your vehicle.
Check the windshield washer fluid level
in the
windshield washer tank and add the proper
fluid if
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the
Index for further details.
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Whenever any fluids or lubricantsare added to your
vehicle, make sure they are
the proper ones, as shown
in Part D.
Hood Latch Operation Check
Pull the primary hood latch release handle inside the
vehicle. The secondary latch should keep the hood from
opening all the way when the primary latch is released.
Make sure the hood closes firmly.
See “Hood Release”
in the Index for further details.
At Each Fuel Fill
It is importantfor you or a service station attendant to
per3corm these underhood checks at eachfuelfill.
At Least Once aMonth
Engine Oil Level Check
Tire Inflation Check
Check the engine oil level and add
the proper oil
if necessary. See “Engine Oil” inthe Index for
further details.
Make sure tires are inflatedto the correct pressures.
See “Tires” in the Indexfor further details.
Engine Coolant Level Check
Check the engine coolant level and add the proper
coolant mixture if necessary.
See “Engine Coolant” in
the Index for further details.
Cassette Deck Service
Clean cassette deck. Cleaning should be done every
50 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems” in the
Index for further details.
7-47
At Least Twice a Year
Restraint System Check
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light and all your
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are
working properly. Lookfor any other loose or damaged
safety belt system parts. If you
see anything that might
keep a safety belt system from doing
its job, have it
repaired. Have any tornor frayed safety belts replaced.
Also look for any openedor broken air bag coverings,
and have them repairedor replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
Wiper Blade Check
Inspect wiper bladesfor wear or cracking. Replace blade
inserts that appear worn
or damaged or that streak or
miss areasof the windshield. Also see “Wiper Blades,
Cleaning” in the Index.
Fluid Level Check
Check the transfer case, axle differential(s) and
automatic or manual transmission fluid levels and add
as needed. See “Transfer Case,” “Axle, Rear,” “Axle,
Front” and “Automatic Transmission” or “Manual
Transmission” in the Index. Check
for leaks. A fluid loss
in these systems could indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired at once.
7-48
Automatic Transmission Check
Check the transmission fluid level; add if needed.
See
“Automatic Transmission” inthe Index. A fluidloss
may indicate a problem. Check the system and repair
if needed.
At Least Once a Year
Key Lock Cylinders Service
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
specified in Part D.
Body Lubrication Service
Lubricate all body door hinges. Also lubricate all
hinges and latches, including those
for the hood,rear
compartment, glove box door, console door and any
folding seat hardware.Part D tells you what to use.
More frequent lubrication may be required when
exposed to a corrosive environment.
Starter Switch Check
’A
I
Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) Check
(Automatic Transmission)
CAUTION:
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could
move suddenly. Ifit does, youor others could be
injured. Follow thesteps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle.
A CAUTION:
When you are doing this check,
theqehicle could
move suddenly. If it does, you
or others could be
below.
steps
injured.
Follow
the
I
I
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle.It should be parked on a
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake(see “Parking
level surface.
Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the regular brake.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be
ready to turn off the engine immediatelyif it starts.
3. On automatic transmission vehicles, try to start
the
engine in each gear. The starter should work only in
PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). If the starter works in
any other position, your vehicle needs service.
On manual transmission vehicles, put the shift
lever
in NEUTRAL (N), push the clutch down halfway
and try tostart the engine.The starter should work
only when the clutchis pushed down allthe way to
the floor.If the starter works when the clutch isn’t
pushed all the way down, your vehicle needs service.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake”
in the Indexif necessary).
NOTE: Be readyto apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins
to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the key to theON position,
but don’t start the engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the shift leverofout
PARK (P) with normal effort.
If the shift lever
moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s BTSI
needs service.
7-49
-
Ignition Transmission Lock Check
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing
the regular brake, set
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turndownhill. Keeping your foot on
the parking brake.
the ignition keyto LOCK in each shift lever position.
0 To check the parking brake’s holding ability:
With an automatic transmission, the key should turn
With the engine running and transmission in
to LOCK only when the shift lever
is in PARK (P).
NEUTRAL (N), slowly remove foot pressure
0 With a manual transmission, the key should turn to
from the regular brake pedal.
Do this until the
LOCK only if you push the key in farther, while
vehicle is held by the parking brake only.
turning it towards LOCK.
0 To check thePARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability:
On vehicles with a key release lever,
try to turn the key
With the engine running, shift to
PARK (P).
to LOCK without pressing the lever. The key should
Then release all brakes.
If your vehicleis
turn to LOCK only when you press the key lever.
is
On all vehicles, the key should come out only in LOCK. four-wheel drive, be sure the transfer case
not in NEUTRAL(N).
Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission
Underbody Flushing Service
PARK (P) Mechanism Check
At least every spring, use plain water
to flush any
corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care
to clean thoroughly any areas where
mud and other
C [TION:
debris can collect.
When you are doing this check, your vehicle
could begin to move.
You or others could be
injured and property could be damaged. Make
sure thereis room in frontof your vehicle in case
it begins to roll.Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.
A
I
7-50
Part C: Periodic
Maintenance Inspections
7xhaust Syste:-- 1sy::A’on
Proper procedures to perform these services may be
found in a service manual. See “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
Engine Cooling System Inspection
p-
inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect
the body
near the exhaust system. Lookfor broken, damaged,
Listed below are inspections and services which should missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams,
be performed at least twice a year (for instance, each
holes, loose connections or other conditions which
spring and fall).You should let your dealer’s service
could cause a heat build-up the
in floor pan or could
department or other qualifiedservice center do these
let exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See “Engine
jobs. Make sure any necessary repairsare completed
Exhaust” in the Index.
at once.
Steering, Suspension and Front Drive
Axle Boot and Seal Inspection
Inspect thefront and rear suspension and steering
system for damaged, loose or missing parts, signs of
wear or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering
lines and hosesfor proper hook-up, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc. Clean and then inspect
the drive
axle boot sealsfor damage, tears or leakage. Replace
seals if necessary.
Inspect the hoses and have them replaced
if they are
cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Inspect all pipes, fittings
and clamps; replace as needed. Clean the outside
of the
radiator and air conditioning condenser.To help ensure
proper operation, a pressure test
of the cooling system
and pressure cap is recommended at least once a year.
7-5 1
Throttle System Inspection
Brake System Inspection
Inspect the throttle systemfor interference or binding,
and for damaged or missing parts. Replace parts as
needed. Replace any components that have high effort
or excessive wear. Do not lubricate accelerator and
cruise control cables.
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines
and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings
for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including
drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc.
Check parking brake adjustment.You may need to have
your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits
or conditions result in frequent braking.
Rear Axle (All)and Front Axle
(Four-wheel Drive) Service
Check the gear lubricant level and add if needed.
See
“Rear Axle” and“Four-wheel Drive” in the Index. A
Clutch System Service
fluid lossmay indicate a problem. Check the system(s),
and repair the system(s) if needed. Refer to “Scheduled Check clutch pedalfree travel and adjust as necessary.
See “Clutch Adjustment” inthe Index.
Maintenance Services,” earlierin this section, to
determine when to change the lubricant.
7-52
Part D: Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name,
part number or specification may
be obtained from
your dealer.
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Engine Oil with the American
Petroleum Institute Certified
For Gasoline Engines
“Starburst” symbolof the
proper viscosity. To determine
the preferred viscosityfor your
vehicle’s engine, see “Engine
Oil” in the Index.
50/50 mixture of clean water
(preferably distilled) and good
quality Ethylene Glycol Base
Coolant (GM PartNo. 1052753
or equivalent) conformingto
GM Specification 1825M or
approved recycled coolant
conforming to GM
Specification 1825M. See
“Engine Coolant” inthe Index.
USAGE
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Hydraulic Brake
System
Delco Supreme [email protected] Brake
Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967
or equivalent DOT-3 Brake
Fluid).
Parking Brake Cable Chassis Lubricant (GM Part
No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
Guides
lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI # 2, CategoryLB
or GC-LB.
Power Steering
System
[email protected] Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
Manual
Transmission (All)
and TransferCase
(Four-Wheel-Drive)
GM Goodwrench Synthetic
Manual Transmission Gear Oil
(GM Part NO. 12346190 - 1
quart) or equivalent SAE
75W-90 GL-4 Gear Oil.
Automatic
Transmission
[email protected] Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
~
Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Pu ose Lubricant,
Superlube% (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).
USAGE
FLUIDLUBRICANT
USAGE
FLUIDLUBRICANT
Manual
Transmission Shift
Linkage
Chassis Lubricant (GMPart
No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI # 2, Category LB or
GC-LB.
Front Wheel
Bearings
Wheel Bearing Lubricant
meeting requirementsof NLGI
# 2, Category GC or GC-LB
(GM Part No. 1051344
or equivalent).
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part
No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI # 2, CategoryLB or
i GC-LB.
Rear Axle (All) and Axle Lubricant (GM Part
No. 12345977) or SAE Front Axle
(Four-wheel Drive) 8OW-90 GL-5 Gear Lubricant.
Clutch Linkage
Pivot Points
I
Floor Shift Linkage [email protected] Lubricant Aerosol
(GM Part No. 12346293 or
equivalent) or lubricant
meeting requirements of NLGI
# 2 Category LB or GC-LB.
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part
No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements
of NLGI # 2, Category LB or
GC-LB.
GM [email protected] Washer Windshield Washe
Solvent Solvent (GM Part No.
15 ) or equivalent.
105 15
[email protected] Lubricant Aerosol
Hood Latch
Assembly, Secondary (GM Part No. 12346293 or
Latch, Pivots, equivalent) or lubricant
Spring Anchor and meeting requirementsof NLGI
Release Pawl
# 2, CategoryLB or GC-LB.
HoodandDoorMulti-PuoseLubricant,
Superlube% (GM Part
Hinges
No. 12346241 or equivalent).
Weatherstrip
Conditioning
Dielectric Silicone Grease
(GM Part No. 12345579
or equivalent).
Part E: MaintenanceRecord
Any
additional
information
from “Owner
Checks
and
Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” can
be added on
After the scheduled services are performed, record the
the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
date, odometer reading and who performed the service maintenance receipts.
Your owner information portfolio
in the boxesprovidedafter the maintenanceinterval.
is aconvenientplacetostorethem.
Maintenance Record
DATE
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
~~~
7-55
Maintenance Record
ODOMETER
SERVICED
READING
DATE
7-56
BY
MAINTENANCE
PERFORMED
Section 8 Customer Assistance Information
Here you will findout how to contact Chevrolet if you need assistance. This section also tells you how to obtain
service publications and how to report any safety defects.
8-2
8-4
8-5
8-7
8-8
8-9
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Customer Assistancefor Text Telephone
(TTY) Users
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program
Canadian Roadside Assistance
Courtesy Transportation
GM Participation inan Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program
Warranty
Information
8- 10
8-10ReportingSafetyDefectsto
the United
States Government
8-11ReportingSafetyDefects
to the
Canadian Government
8-11
Reporting Safety Defectsto General Motors
8-11
Ordering Service and Owner Publications
in Canada
Chevrolet dealers have the facilities, trained technicians
and up-to-date information to promptly address any
concerns you may have. However,
if a concern has not
been resolved to your complete satisfaction, take the
following steps:
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member
of dealership management. 'Normally, concerns can
be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has
already been reviewed with the sales, service or parts
manager, contact the owner of the dealership
or the
general manager.
I
8-2
STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member of
dealership management, it appears your concern
cannot be resolved by the dealership without further
help, contact the Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center by calling 1-800-222-1020. In Canada,
contact GM of Canada Customer Communication
Centre in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
For help outside of the United States and Canada, call
the following numbers as appropriate:
In Mexico: (525) 625-3256
0
In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
0
In the U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
0
In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-75 1-4135
(English) or 1-800-75 1-4 136 (Spanish)
In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009
In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British
Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0122
In all other Caribbean countries: (809) 763- 13 15
In other overseas locations, callGM Overseas
Distribution Corporation in Canada at:
(905) 644-41 12.
For prompt assistance, please have
the following
information available to give the Customer
Assistance Representative:
0
0
0
Your name, address, home and business
telephone numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (This is available
from the vehicle registration or title, the
or plate at
the top leftof the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.)
Dealership name and location
Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
Nature of concern
We encourage you tocall us so we can give your inquiry
prompt attention. However,if you wish to write
Chevrolet, address your inquiry to:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, write to:
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 ColonelSam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
8-4
Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
Information booklet for addressesof
GM Overseas offices.
When contacting Chevrolet, please remember that
your concern will likely
be resolved in the dealership,
using the dealer’s facilities, equipment and personnel.
That is why we suggest you follow Step One
first if
you have a concern.
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard
of hearing, or
speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. AnyTTY user can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV.(TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
Chevrolet Roadside
Assistance Program
Roadside Assistanceis available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year,by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA
(1 -800-243-8872). This toll-free number will provide
you over-the-phone roadside assistance with minor
mechanical problems. If your problem cannot be
resolved over the phone, our advisors have access
to a
nationwide networkof dealer recommended service
providers. Roadside membership is
free, however some
services mayincur costs.
Roadside offers two levels
of service tothe customer,
Basic Care and Courtesy’” Care:
0
Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA
Free towing for warranty repairs
Basic over-the-phone technical advice
Available dealer services at reasonable costs (i.e.,
wrecker services,locksmithkey service, glass
repair, etc.)
To enhance Chevrolet’s strong commitment to customer
satisfaction, Chevrolet is excited to announce the
establishment of the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance
Center. As the owner of a 1998 Chevrolet, membership
in Roadside Assistance is free.
ROADSIDE Courtesy" Care PROVIDES:
Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined previously)
Plus:
FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer
from a legal roadway)
FREE LocksmithKey Service (when keys are lost
on the road or locked inside)
0
FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installedon the road)
FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road)
FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on
the road)
0
0
0
Chevrolet offers Courtesy Transportationfor customers
needing warranty service. Courtesy Transportation will
be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by
the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty
to eligible purchasersof 1998 Chevrolet passenger cars
and light duty trucks. (Please see your selling dealer
for details.)
Note: Courtesy Care is available to retail and retail lease
customers operating 1998 and newer Chevrolet vehicles
for a period of 3 years/36,000 miles(60 000km),
whichever occurs first. All Courtesy Care services must
be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadside or dealer
Service Management.
Basic Care and Courtesy Care are notpart of or
included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet reserves the right to
modify or discontinue Basic Care and Courtesy Care
at any time.
8
- . 6
For complete program details,see your Chevrolet dealer
to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure.
Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure
inside your owner information portfolio
for full
program details.
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that
will provide you with quality and priority service. When Canadian Roadside Assistance
roadside services are required, our advisors will explain
Vehicles purchasedin Canada have an extensive
any payment obligations that may be incurred
for
Roadside Assistance program accessible
from anywhere
utilizing outside services.
in Canadaor the United States. Please refer to the
For prompt assistance whencalling, please havethe
separate brochure provided by the dealer
or call
following available to give to
the advisor:
1-800-268-6800 for emergency services.
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
License plate number
0
Vehiclecolor
0
Vehiclelocation
Telephone number where you can be reached
0
Vehiclemileage
Description of problem
Chevrolet Courtesy Transportation is not part of the
Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet offers Courtesy Transportation
for customers
or
Chevrolet reserves the right to make any changes
needing warranty service. Courtesy Transportation will
discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time
be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by
without notification.
the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty
0 For additional program details, contact your
to retail purchasersof 1998 Chevrolet passenger cars
Chevrolet dealer.
and light duty trucks (pleasesee your selling dealer
Some state insurance regulations make
it impractical to
for details).
rent vehicles to people under21 years of age. If you are
Courtesy Transportation includes:
under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle, Chevrolet
One way shuttle ride for any warranty repair
will reimburse up to $30/day
for documented
completed duringthe same day.
transportation you receive.
0 Up to $30 maximum daily vehicle rental allowance
For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle
for any overnight warranty repair up to five days,
OR
Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
interim transportation may be available
under the
0 Up to $30 maximum daily cab, bus or other
Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your
transportation allowance in lieuof rental for any
dealer
for details. The Roadside Assistance program
is
overnight warranty repair up to
five days, OR
available only in the UnitedStates and Canada.
0 Up to $10 daily he1 allowance for rides provided by
in lieu of
another person (i-e., friend, neighbor, etc.)
In Canada,please consult yourGM dealer for
rental for any overnight warranty repair up to five days. information on Courtesy Transportation.
Note: All Courtesy Transportation arrangements
will be administered by your Chevrolet dealer
service management. Claim amounts should
reflect all actual costs.
Courtesy Transportation
8-8
0
GM Participation in an Alternative
Dispute Resolution Program
This program is available in all
50 states and the District
of Columbia. Canadian owners refer to your Warranty
and Owner Assistance Information bookletfor
information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Plan (CAMVAP). General Motors reserves the right to
change eligibility limitations and/or to discontinue its
participation inthis program.
Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer are committed
to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new
vehicle. Our experience has shown that, if a situation
arises where you feel your concern has not been
adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction Procedure
described earlier inthis section is very successful.
There may be instances where an impartial third party
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation
of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these
disagreements, Chevrolet voluntarily participates in
BBB AUTO LINE.
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
settle automotive disputes. This program
is available
free of charge to customers who currently own or lease
a
GM vehicle.
If you are not satisfied after following the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure, youmay contact theBBB using
the toll-free telephone number, or write themat the
following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203- 1804
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name
and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
and a statementof the natureof your complaint.
Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and
other factors.
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
Procedure before you resort to AUTO
LINE, but you
TO THE UNITED STATES
may contact theBBB at any time.The BBB will attempt
to resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary.
If
GOVERNMENT
this mediation is unsuccessful, an informal hearing will If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
be scheduled where eligible customers may present their cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
case to an impartial third-party arbitrator.
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
The arbitrator will makea decision whichyou may
notifying General Motors.
accept or reject. If you accept the decision,GM will be
bound by that decision.The entire dispute resolution
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
procedure should ordinarily take about40 days from the
investigation, andif it finds that a safety defect exists in
time you file a claim until a decision is made.
a groupof vehicles,it may order a recall and remedy
Some state laws may require
you to use this program
before filing a claim with
a state-run arbitration program
or inthe courts. For further information, contact the
BBB at 1-800-955-5100 or the Chevrolet Customer
Assistance Centerat 1-800-222- 1020.
Warranty Information
Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet
that contains detailed warranty information.
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer
or
General Motors.
To contact NHTSA,you may either call the Auto Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123
in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety fromthe Hotline.
In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 ColonelSam Drive
has a safetydefect, you should immediately notify
Oshawa, OntarioL1H 8P7
Transport Canada,in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited.You may write to:
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, Ontario KlG 352
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA(or Transport Canada)
in a situation like this, we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please call us at 1-800-222-1020 or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
Ordering Service and Owner
Publications in Canada
Service manuals, owner’s manuals and other service
literature are available for purchase for all current and
past model General Motors vehicles.
The toll-free telephone numberfor ordering information
in Canada is 1-800-668-5539.
1998 CHEVROLET SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERINGINFORMATIOh
The following publications covering the operation and servicing
of your vehicle can be purchased by filling
om
the Service Publication Order Form in this book and mailing
it in with your check, money order,
or credit card information to Helm, Incorporated (address below.)
CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR 1998 CHEVROLET
SERVICE MANUALS
Service Manuals havethe diagnosis and repairinformation
on engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
electrical, steering, body, etc.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$90.00
OWNER’S INFORMATION
Owner publications are written directly for Owners ana
intended to provide basic operational information about
tt
vehicle. The owner’s manual will include the Maintenancc
Schedule forall models.
TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE, TRANSFER CASE
UNIT REPAIR MANUAL
This manual provides information on unit repair service
procedures, adjustmentsand specifications for the
1998 GM transmissions, transaxlesand transfer cases.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$40.00
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner’s Manual and
Warranty Booklet.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$1 5.00
SERVICE BULLETINS
Service Bulletins give technical service information needed
to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors carsand trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the
diagnosis and service of your vehicle.
Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manual only.
RETAIL SELLPRICE: $1 0.00
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS
Service Publications areavailable for current and past
model GM vehicles.To request an order form, please
specify year and model name
of the vehicle.
I
I
Unit
Portfolio
In
Service Manual
Car & Light Truck
Transmission
Repair
ManualOwner’s
Manual
Owner’s
Without Portfolio
1998
$90.00
1998
$40.00
1998
$15.00
1998
$10.00
I
@% NOTES
8-14
0Section 9
Index
Adding Equipment to the Outsideof Your Vehicle . . . . . 6-3
Air Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25
Adding Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1
How Does it Restrain ..........................
1-29
How it Works ................................
1-27
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26. 2-59
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
What Makes it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
What Will You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
1-28
When Should it Inflate .........................
Aircleaner ....................................
6-15
Air Conditioning ................................3-3
Air Conditioning Refrigerants ..................... 6-63
Alignment and Balance. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-46
Aluminum Wheels. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Antenna ......................................
3-17
Antifreeze .....................................
6-24
Anti-Lock
Brake System Active Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62. 4.9
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.61.4.7
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
AppearanceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-48
6-56
Appearance Care Materials .......................
Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Automatic
Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Overdrive Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2-9
AutomaticTransmission ..........................
7-48
Check ......................................
6-17
Fluid .......................................
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
Starting Your Engine ........................... 2-9
Axle
Front .......................................
6-23
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22
6-33
Battery ......................................
Jump Starting .................................
5-3
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3. 5.4
8-9
BBB Auto Line .................................
Better Business Bureau Mediation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41
Brake
6-33
Adjustment ..................................
Fluid .......................................
6-30
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
2-21
Parking .....................................
Brake (Continued)
Pedal Travel .................................6-32
Replacing System Parts ........................6-33
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Transmission Shift Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Transmission Shift Interlock Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-49
Wear .......................................6-32
Brakes. Anti-Lock ............................... 4-7
Braking ........................................ 4-6
Braking in Emergencies ........................... 4-9
Break-In. NewVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
BTSI ......................................... 2-25
BTSICheck ................................... 7-49
Bulb Replacement .............................. 6-34
Canadian Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Canvas Top
Lowering and Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
2-52
Preparing for Storage ..........................
Removing and Installing .......................
2-51
Capacities and Specifications ...................... 6-61
2.6.2.27.4.42
CarbonMonoxide .....................
Cassette Deck Service ...........................
7-47
Cassette Tape Player .............................
3-8
CareofYour ................................. 3-16
Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Chains.Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Chains.Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Changing a Flat Tire.............................5-22
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
Chemical Paint Spotting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Securing in a Rear Seat Position ................. 1-44
Securing in the Right Front Seat Position.......... 1-46
Top Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
WheretoPut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42
2-40
CigaretteLighter ...............................
Circuit Breakers and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Cleaner.Air ...................................6-15
Cleaning
Aluminum Wheels ............................ 6-54
Canvas Top and Plastic Windows ................ 6-53
Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Inside of Your Vehicle ......................... 6-49
InstrumentPanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Outside of Your Vehicle ........................ 6-52
Special Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
6-50
Stains ......................................
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-54
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Wheels ..................................... 6-54
Windshield and Wiper Blades ................... 6-51
Climate Control System ...........................3-2
Clock. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Clutch Adjustment ..............................
6-21
Clutch System Service ...........................
7-52
Coinholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 11
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
4-14
Control. Loss of ................................
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
2-41
Convertible Top ................................
2-39
Convex Outside Mirror ..........................
6-24
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-15
Levelcheck .................................
5- 19
Radiator ....................................
RecoveryTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
2-62
TemperatureGage ............................
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Customer Assistancefor Text Telephone Users. . . . . . . . . 8-4
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8-2
Customer Satisfaction Procedure ....................
Damage
Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
SheetMetal ................................. 6-54
Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light ............ 2-67
5-3
DeadBattery ...................................
Defects. Reporting Safety ........................
8-10
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Defogger. Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Dimensions.Vehicle ............................
6-63
Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
2-38
DomeLamps ..................................
Door
2-4
Locks .......................................
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39
Downshifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Drive Position. Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
DriverPosition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Driving
4-34
City ........................................
4-2
Defensive ....................................
4-3
Drunken .....................................
4-35
Freeway ....................................
Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4-41
InaBlizzard .................................
6-5
In Foreign Countries ...........................
IntheRain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
4-29
Night ......................................
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
OnCurves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
On Grades While Towing a Trailer ............... 4-54
On Hill and Mountain Roads ....................
4-37
OnSnowandIce .............................
4-39
4-33
Throughwater ...............................
WetRoads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
WithaTrailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Drunken Driving ................................
4-3
9-3
.
.- ...............
. . .
........................
.C.-..Y..YIY
..-Fli-..-.--.-
.__
....- - ..
- .-
-
I
E a s y Entry Seat ................................
1-4
Electrical Equipment. Adding ................ 2.10.6.57
6-57
Electrical System ...............................
6-10
Engine .......................................
Coolant ..................................... 6-24
7-47
Coolant Level Check ..........................
2-62
Coolant Temperature Gage .....................
Exhaust .....................................2-27
6-57
Identification ................................
MainFuseBlock .............................
6-60
7-47
Oil Level Check ..............................
Overheating ................................. 5- 12
2-27
Running W e Parked .........................
Specifications ................................6-6 1
Starting Your .................................
2-9
Engine Compartment Main Fuse Block.............. 6-60
6-11
Engineoil ....................................
Manual
Language
6-12
Adding .....................................
Additives ...................................6-14
6-12
Checking ...................................
Used .......................................
6-15
6-13
What Kind to Use .............................
6-14
Whentochange ..............................
Equipment, Adding to the Outsideof Your Vehicle . . . . . . 6-3
Ethan01 ........................................6-4
Exhaust. Engine ................................ 2-27
2-37
Exterior Lamps .................................
6-49
Fabric cleaning ...............................
Fifth
Manual Transmission................... 2-16
Gear.
9-4
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Filling Your Tank ................................ 6-5
Filter. Air ...................................... 6-16
Finishcare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
FinishDamage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
First Gear, Manual Transmission ................... 2-15
Flashers, Hazard Warning .........................
5-2
2-31
Flash-to-PassFeature ...........................
Flat Tire, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Fluid
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Levelcheck .................................
7-48
Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Foreign Countries, Fuel ...........................
6-5
Fourth Gear, Manual Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Four-wheel Drive ....................
2-18,2-20, 6-22
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .u..
French
FrontAxle ....................................
6-23
Front Seat Side Pockets ..........................
2-40
. . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Front Sidemarker Lamp Bulb Replacement
FrontTowing ...................................
5-9
Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
DoorLock ...................................
6-6
Filling a Portable Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
FillingYourTank .............................. 6-5
2-67
Gage .......................................
6-5
In Foreign Countries ...........................
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Gages
Engine Coolant Temperature ....................
2-62
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Gear Positions. Automatic Transmission ............. 2- 11
Gear Positions. Manual Transmission ............... 2- 15
GloveBox ....................................
2-39
Gross Axle Weight Rating ........................
4-46
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46..
................................ - 1 1
Guide
GVWR .......................................
4-46
Halogen Bulbs ................................ 6-34
Hazard Warning Flashers ..........................
5-2
HeadRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 1
Bulb Replacement ............................
6-34
2-31
High/Low Beamchanger ......................
Hearing Impaired. Customer Assistance .............. 8-4
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Hill and Mountain Roads .........................
4-37
Hitches. Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Hood
Checking Thingsunder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Prop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Hood Latch Operation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Hubs. Freewheeling .............................
2- 18
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Ignition Transmission Lock Check ................. 7-50
6-41
Inflation. Tire ..................................
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror ................. 2-38
Inspections
Brakesystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
7-51
Engine Cooling System ........................
7-51
ExhaustSystems .............................
7-52
Front Axle ..................................
7-51
Front Drive Axle Boot .........................
Front Drive Axle Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Ignition Transmission Lock Check ............... 7-50
7-52
Rear Axle ...................................
7-51
Steering ....................................
7-51
Suspension ..................................
Throttle Linkage ..............................
7-52
InstrumentPanel ............................... 2-54
2-37
Brightness Control ............................
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Cluster ..................................... 2-56
FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
2-37
Interior Lamps .................................
Jack.Tire ....................................
Jumpstarting ...................................
5-24
5-3
K e y Lock Cylinders Service ..................... 7-48
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
9-5
Labels
4-46
Certification .................................
Service Parts Identification ..................... 6-57
Tire-Loading Information ......................4-46
Vehicle Identification Number ................... 6-57
Lamps
Control ..................................... 2-30
Dome ......................................
2-38
2-37
Exterior ....................................
Interior ..................................... 2-37
OnReminder ................................ 2-31
2-5
Leaving Your Vehicle .............................
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running....... 2-24
Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Lights
Air Bag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26.2.59
Anti-Lock Brake System Active ............. 2.62.4.9
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.61.4.7
Brake System Warning ......................... 2-60
ChargingSystem .............................
2-59
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.65.6. 11
Overdriveoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Power Indicator .............................. 2-66
Rear Window Defogger .........................
3-5
Safety Belt Reminder ..................... 1.13.2.58
Service Engine Soon .......................... 2-63
Loading YourVehicle ........................... 4-46
Locks ......................................... 2-4
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
9-6
Fuel Door ....................................6-6
Ignition Transmission Lock Check ............... 7-50
7-48
Key Lock Cylinder Service .....................
PowerDoor .................................. 2-4
RearDoorSecu rity ............................. 2-5
Window .................................... 2-29
4-36
Long Trip, Before Leaving .......................
Low, Automatic Transmission ..................... 2-13
Lowering and Raising the CanvasTop .............. 2-47
Lubricants and Fluids ............................ 7-53
Lubrication Service, Body ........................ 7-48
Maintenance. Normal Replacement parts ........... 6-61
MaintenanceRecord ............................ 7-55
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
How it is Organized ............................ 7-2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
LongTrip ................................... 7-31
Long Tripmighway Definition ................... 7-7
Long Trip/Highway Intervals ..................... 7-7
7-47
Owner Checks and Services.....................
Periodic Maintenance Inspections ................ 7-51
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants ............. 7-53
Scheduled Maintenance Services.................. 7-4
ShortTrip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Short TripKity Definition .......................7-5
Short TripKity Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Your Vehicle and the Environment ................ 7-2
Maintenance. Underbody ......................... 6-55
Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Manual Adjust Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
1-2
Manual Front Seat ...............................
2-9
Manual Transmission .............................
6-20
Fluid .......................................
2- 15
Shifting .....................................
2-9
Starting Your Engine ...........................
Methanol ...................................... 6-4
Mirrors ....................................... 2-38
2-39
Convex Outside ..............................
Manual Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
2-39
Power Remote Control .........................
.........................................
6-4
MMT
ModelReference ................................. vi
Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
MultifunctionLever ............................. 2-30
Automatic Transmission ....................... 2- 12
Manual Transmission .......................... 2- 16
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Nightvision ................................... 4-30
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57
Odometer. Trip .................................2-57
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 15
Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Oil. Engine .................................... 6-11
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.65. 6. 11
Overdrive. Automatic Transmission ................ 2- 15
Overdrive Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Overheating Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
7-47
Owner Checks and Services.......................
8-11
Owner Publications. Ordering .....................
P a i n t Spotting. Chemical ........................
6-55
Park
2-11
AutomaticTransmission .......................
Shifting Into ................................. 2-23
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Parking
AtNight .....................................
2-7
2-21
Brake ......................................
7-50
Brake Mechanism Check .......................
Over Things That Burn ........................
2-26
WithaTrailer ................................ 4-55
Your Vehicle. Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Parking Lamp Bulb Replacement ..................6-36
Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25. 1-32
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Periodic Maintenance Inspections .................. 7-51
Power
DoorLocks ................................... 2-4
Indicator Light ............................... 2-66
Mode Selector Switch ......................... 2-14
Remote Control Mirror ........................ 2-39
Steering ....................................
4-10
Steering Fluid ................................ 6-27
Windows ...................................
2-29
Pregnancy. Use of Safety Belts ....................
1-24
Preparing Your Canvas Top for Storage ............. 2-52
Problems on the Road ............................ 5-1
Publications. Service and Owner ................... 8- 11
Radiator. Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Radiator Pressure Cap ...........................
6-26
3- 15
Radio Reception ................................
Radios ...............................3.6.3.8. 3.11
Rain. Driving In ................................4-31
Rear
Axle ....................................... 6-22
Combination Lamp Bulb Replacement ............ 6-38
Door Security Locks ........................... 2-5
FoldingSeatbacks .........................1.6. 1.9
Seatpassengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Sidemarker Lamp Bulb Replacement ............. 6-38
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
WindowDefogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Window Defogger Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
WindshieldWasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Rear Window
Defogger Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Inside Daymight .............................
2-38
ManualAdjust ...............................
2-38
Power Remote Control .........................
2-39
Reclining Front Seatbacks .........................
1-3
9-8
Recovery Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Recovery Tank. Coolant ..........................5-16
Recreational Vehicle Towing ......................4-43
Refrigerants. Air Conditioning .................... 6-63
Replacement
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Replacing Safety Belts ........................... 1-52
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 8-10
Restraints
1-51
Checking ...................................
Child ....................................... 1-38
Head ........................................ 1-4
Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-52
Systemcheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Reverse
AutomaticTransmission ....................... 2-12
Manual Transmission .......................... 2-16
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Roadside Assistance. Canadian ..................... 8-7
Rocking YourVehicle ........................... 5-33
Rotation. Tires .................................6-42
safety Belt Extender ............................1-51
SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Driver Position ...............................
1.18
Extender .................................... l-51
How to Wear Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 18
Incorrect Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20, 1-49, 1-50
1-18, 1-32
Lap-Shoulder ...........................
LargerChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48
Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25, 1-32
Questions and Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 17
Rear Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Reminder Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- 13, 2-58
Replacing After a Crash ........................
1-52
Right Front Passenger Position .................. 1-25
Smaller Children and Babies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
1-24
Use During Pregnancy .........................
1-14
WhyTheyWork ..............................
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
Safety Defects, Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 10
...
Safety Warnings and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
Seatback
Folding Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6, 1-9
RecliningFront ...............................
1-3
Seats
EasyEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
ManualFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6,1-9
Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1- 1
1-2
SeatControls .................................
Securing a Child Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4.4,1-46
Second Gear
Automatic Transmission .......................
2- 13
Manual Transmission ..........................
2- 16
,
.
.
.
.
.........
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
Bulletins. Ordering ............................
8-11
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
8-11
Manuals.Ordering ............................
Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-57
8-11
Publications.Ordering .........................
Work. Doing Your Own .........................
6-2
Service and Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
Service and Owner Publications ................... 8-11
8-11
Service Publications .............................
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet ......... 1-31
6-54
Sheet Metal Damage ............................
Shift
Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11. 2-15
2-17
Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting
AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Into Park (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
OutofPark ..................................
2-25
Side Window. Removing and Installing the. . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
SignilingTurns ................................
2-30
Skidding ......................................
4-14
3-15
Sound Equipment, Adding ........................
Specifications and Capacities ......................
6-61
Specifications, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-61
Speech Impaired, Customer Assistance ............... 8-4
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
6-50
Stains, Cleaning ................................
Starter Switch Check ............................
7-49
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
-.-.
..
Steering ......................................4-10
In Emergencies ...............................
4- 11
Power ......................................4-10
4-10
Tips ........................................
Storage Compartments ........................... 2-39
6-33
Storage. Vehicle ................................
Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow .................. 5-32
Sun Visors ....................................2-40
Sunroof ....................................... 2-42
Symbols. Vehicle .................................. v
2-57
Tachometer ..................................
2-6
Tailgate ........................................
2-6
Tailgate Lock Release ............................
3-16
Tape Player Care ...............................
Theft .......................................... 2-6
Thermostat .................................... 6-27
Third Gear. Manual Transmission ..................2- 16
6-47
Tire Chains ....................................
TireLoading ...................................
4-46
Tire-Loading Information Label ...................4-46
Tires ......................................... 6-40
6-46
Alignment and Balance ........................
6-44
Buying New .................................
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Changing a Flat .............................. 5-22
Cleaning ....................................6-54
Inflation .................................... 6-41
7-47
Inflation Check ...............................
Inspection and Rotation ........................
6-42
Loading ....................................
4-46
Pressure ....................................6-41
Storing a Flat or Spare.........................5-30
Temperature .................................
6-46
Traction ....................................
6-45
Treadwear ................................... 6-45
Uniform Quality Grading .......................6-45
WearIndicators ..............................
6-43
Wheel Replacement ...........................6-46
When It’s Time for New ....................... 6-43
TopStrap .....................................
1-43
Torque Lock ...................................
2-24
Torque, Wheel Nut .........................
5-30, 6-63
Towing
ATrailer ....................................
4-48
RecreationalVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Towing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 7
Trailer
Backing Up .................................4-53
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Driving on Grades ............................ 4-54
Drivingwith ................................. 4-52
FollowingDistance ...........................4-53
4-51
Hitches .....................................
Maintenance When Towing .....................
4-56
MakingTurns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Parking on Hills .............................. 4-55
Passing ..................................... 4-53
SafetyChains ................................ 4-51
Tongueweight ............................... 4-50
Total Weight on Tires..........................
4-51
Towing .....................................
4-48
TurnSignals .................................
4-54
Weight .....................................
4-50
TransferCase.ManualShift
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20.6-22
Washing Fluid
Transmission
Automatic ...................................
6-17
6-20
Manual .....................................
8-8
Transportation.Courtesy ..........................
Trip Odometer .................................
2-57
TTYUsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Turn Signal andLane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ................... 2-30
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
intenance
underbody
Service Flushing
Underbody
..................... 7-50
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Washer
. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Vehicle
4-6
Control ......................................
Damagewarnings ..............................
iv
Dimensions .................................
6-63
IdentificationNumber .........................
6-57
Loading ....................................
4-46
Storage .....................................
6-33
Ventilation System ...............................
3-4
Visors. Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
w a r n i n g Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
WarningLights.GagesandIndicators
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
WarrantyInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
WasherFluid.Windshield
........................ 6-28
Vehicle Your
........................... 6-52
Weatherstrips ..................................
6-52
Wheel
Alignment ..................................
6-46
LockKey ...................................
5-25
Nut
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
5.6
33
0.
Replacement .................................
6-46
Wrench .....................................
5-24
Window
Lock ..................................
2-29
Windows .....................................
2-29
Power ......................................
2-29
Windshield
............................. 2-32
Fluid .......................................
6-28
Fluid Level Check ............................
7-47
Rear .......................................
2-33
WindshieldWiper ..............................
2-32
Rear .......................................
2-33
Winter Driving .................................
4-39
Wiper Blades. Cleaning ..........................
6-51
WiperBladeCheck .............................
7-48
Wrench. Wheel .................................
5-24
9-11
0Service Station Checkpoint
FUEL
ENGINE
COOLANT
RECOVERY TANK
HOOD
BAlTERY
WINDSHIELD
WASHER RESERVOIR
P6-28
ENGINE OILDIPSTICK
P6-11
SECONDARY
HOOD RELEASE
P6-9
For detailed information, refer to the page
number listed, or see the Index in the back
of the owner’smanual.
9-12
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement